At present the IDE device number is initialized to -1, which means
we cannot type "ide read" command before setting the device number
via "ide device #".
For convenience, let's set the first device as the default one.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When there is no CDROM inserted, the block size is zero hence there
is no need to create a BLK device for it.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the IDE driver to driver model so that block read and
write are fully functional.
Fixes: b7c6baef ("x86: Convert MMC to driver model")
Reported-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
So far these are using magic numbers. Replace them with macros.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The underlying implementation for ENV_AES has security complications and
is not recommended for use. Please see CVE-2017-3225 and CVE-2017-3226
for more details. Mark this as deprecated now and delete this in the
medium term if no one comes forward to re-work the support.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
A number of the config options for USB networking have been migrated to
Kconfig. Update README.usb to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
This migrates ASIX, ASIX88179, MCS7830, RTL8152 and SMSC95XX to Kconfig.
Update defconfigs.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CONFIG_USB_HOST_ETHER is the framework that the drivers are dependent on
USB_HOST_ETHER. Use this as a menu and move the existing LAN75XX and
LAN78XX options under new menu. Finally update the defconfigs that need
CONFIG_USB_HOST_ETHER.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Disable CONFIG_ARCH_FIXUP_FDT_MEMORY to prevent U-Boot from modifying
the memory {} nodes in the DT passed to the Linux kernel. The R8A779x
DT contains multiple memory {} nodes, while U-Boot only modifies the
first one and stuffs all the memory entries into it, which is wrong.
Disabling CONFIG_ARCH_FIXUP_FDT_MEMORY is the least intrusive way to
fix the issue this close to the release, while the real fix is to
extend the fdt_fixup_memory_banks() to handle multiple memory nodes
in DT.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
On RCar M3 and on RCar H3 newer than and not including ES1.0, the SD clock
must be divided by 4 rather than 2 because a hardware workaround present
only in the H3 ES1.0 has been removed from these chips. U-Boot currently
only supports M3 and H3 ES 2.0 and newer, so configure the SD pre-divider
to 4 to prevent SD instability.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
In the general case, CONFIG_NFS_READ_SIZE is unchanged from the default
of 1024. There are in fact no in-tree users that increase this size.
Adjust the comment to reflect what could be done in the future in
conjunction with CONFIG_IP_DEFRAG.
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The old logic always enabled the TX-delay when the phy-mode was set to
PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII. With this patch we enable the TX delay for
PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII_ID and PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII_TXID and
disable it for PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII.
Based on a similar change made in the Linux Realtek PHY driver
by Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
The inline documentation of vsprintf mentions a parameter size
which does not exist in the function declaration.
int vsprintf(char *buf, const char *fmt, va_list args);
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This reverts commit 25877d4e4c.
This is a workaround for Raspberry Pi boot failures seen when passing on
the device tree provided by the Raspberry Pi firmware at boot. Without
CONFIG_OF_EMBED, we just get stuck at "Starting kernel ..." when we try
to boot Linux with this device tree.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <pbarker@toganlabs.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Jonathan Gray <jsg@jsg.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some files are generated during libfdt build. Ignore them.
This was wrongly put in the .gitignore in the root directory before.
Now let's remove entries there and put them in the right place.
Fixes: 34e2c285 ("gitignore: add intermediates from libfdt build")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This was broken by the recent environment refactoring. Specifically:
$ make environ
scripts/Makefile.build:59: tools/environ/Makefile: No such file or directory
make[1]: *** No rule to make target 'tools/environ/Makefile'. Stop.
make: *** [Makefile:1469: environ] Error 2
Fix this by updating the Makefile and adjusting the #include filesnames in
two C files.
Fixes: ec74f5f (Makefile: Rename 'env' target to 'environ')
Reported-by: Måns Rullgård <mans@mansr.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since commit 842778a091 ("usb: gadget: g_dnl: only set iSerialNumber
if we have a serial#") "fastboot devices" stopped to show correct device
serial number for TI boards, showing this line instead:
???????????? fastboot
This is because serial# env variable could be set after g_dnl gadget was
initialized (e.g. by using env_set() in the board file).
To fix this, let's update internal serial number variable (g_dnl_serial)
when "serial#" env var is changed.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Cc: Felipe Balbi <felipe.balbi@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Acked-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
With the move of environment code from common/ to env/ a number of
changes needed to be made to various make targets. We missed updating
some of the files required for out of tree builds of the tools. Correct
the 'environ' target to know that we need to work under tools/env/ still
(not tools/environ/) and then update the wrappers in env_attr.c and
env_flags.c to point to the new correct file.
Reported-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The hw can read up to 32 bytes at a time. If we need
more than one chunk, we have to enter the plain RX mode.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
When I originally added this driver, I did some careless (and in
retrospect: mindless) copy & paste for the U_BOOT_DRIVER structure
skeletion... unfortunately, the 'arc_timer' string was committed
and slipped through all reviews.
This fixes the U_BOOT_DRIVER name to read 'rockchip_rk3368_timer'
(as originally intended).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reported-by: Artturi Alm <artturi.alm@gmail.com>
Sometimes it's helpful to know the reset reason caused in the SoC.
Add reset reason detection for the RK3288 SoC.
This will set an environment variable which represents the reset reason.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The IPSR18 register bits were missing from the R8A7795 ES2.0+ PFC
tables, which triggered a BUG() in sh_pfc driver. This is because
of an out-of-bounds access to the pinmux_gpios[] array in the PFC
tables, which was too short due to the missing IPSR18 bits.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The configuration option name is the later, so replace usage of
CONFIG_RAVB in board files with CONFIG_RENESAS_RAVB , otherwise
the RAVB pinmux is not set and ethernet does not work.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Before reading entire FIT image, add sanity check by testing image
header against FDT_MAGIC. This should help avoid problems in situations
where FIT is not yet available from storage device, for example when
performing initial programming of device.
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Acked-by: Tomas Melin <tomas.melin@vaisala.com>
Boards can skip display interface init using board_video_skip().
If display interface was not initialized (e.g. no ipuv3 framebuffer
registered or IPU clock disabled), booting Linux stops due to the
crash in IPU shutdown function, when accessing IPU registers.
Check IPU clock and skip shutdown if clock is not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
When enabling CONFIG_CMD_BLOB and/or CONFIG_CMD_DEKBLOB, the build fails
with a linker error:
...
LD u-boot
arch/arm/mach-imx/built-in.o: In function `blob_encap_dek':
/home/clemens/dev/u-boot/arch/arm/mach-imx/cmd_dek.c:46: undefined
reference to `blob_dek'
This is due to an error in the Makefile, resulting in obj-yy/obj-yn/..
and fsl_blob.o is therefore not linked.
Fix it by splitting it up into two obj-y lines.
Signed-off-by: Clemens Gruber <clemens.gruber@pqgruber.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Add some documentation for the live device tree support in U-Boot. This
was missing from the initial series.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Since ee95d10 (fdt: Build the new python libfdt module), a number of
additional files are auto-generated/installed into the tools directory.
List these in .gitignore to suppress having them listed as untracked.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
References: ee95d10 (fdt: Build the new python libfdt module)
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This commit brings things back to the well known working state of the
command.
-
With commit 9620d87259
(cmd/fdt: support single value replacement within an array)
there was an error introduced modifying (inserting) a property to a
device-tree node.
fdt_getprop(...) returnes a len with -1 for a non-existing property, but
a memcpy with len -1 isn't a good idea and things went wrong (crash).
-
Some times later Tom did repair this
with commit 99bb38e2cc
(fdt: Check for NULL return from fdt_getprop in 'fdt set')
This repairs the crash but the behaviour of the command isn't like
before, it makes it impossible to insert a property.
-
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The CONFIG_BLK conversion involves quite invasive changes in the U-Boot
code, with #ifdefs and different code paths. We should try to move over to
this soon so we can drop the old code.
Set a deadline of 9 months for this work, rounded up to the next release.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This should not be printed by default. Prefix it with $(Q).
Fixes ee95d10b: ("fdt: Build the new python libfdt module")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Since commit 3809e302 "Makefile: honor PYTHON configuration properly",
the build commands of libfdt are printed while previously were not.
This adds the missing '--quiet' back.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
- Pass MTDPARTS kernel arguments to kernel
- Use Kconfig CONFIG_NAND instead of CONFIG_SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS="NAND"
- Call 'usb_stop' on kernel start
- Update Falcon mode setup to match other OMAP3 boards
- Use "uEnv.txt" as boot script instead of "boot.scr"
"lbas" with type "u16" (16 bits, unsigned) is promoted in
"lbas << ns->lba_shift" to type "int" (32 bits, signed), then
sign-extended to type "unsigned long long" (64 bits, unsigned).
If "lbas << ns->lba_shift" is greater than 0x7FFFFFFF, the upper
bits of the result will all be 1.
Fix it by casting "lbas" to "u32".
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 166730)
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
memset() was given a sizeof(NVME_Q_NUM * sizeof(struct nvme_queue *)
to clear, which is wrong.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 166729)
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
According to fsync specification [1] some special files (e.g., a pipe, FIFO,
or socket) don't support synchronization and return either EROFS or EINVAL.
On the linux side the sys_fsync -> do_fsync() checks if the requested file
has f_op->fsync defined. If not it returns EINVAL [2].
This commit prevents writing error messages for files (devices), which
do not support fsync().
[1] - http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man2/fsync.2.html
[2] - http://elixir.free-electrons.com/linux/v4.13-rc6/source/fs/sync.c#L183
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Acked-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Commit 4ecc988301 assumes fls is in libc
if __BSD_VISIBLE is defined. This appears to only be true on FreeBSD
and DragonFlyBSD. OpenBSD defines __BSD_VISIBLE and does not have fls
in strings.h/libc.
Switch the test for __BSD_VISIBLE to one for __DragonFly__ and
__FreeBSD__ to unbreak the build on OpenBSD.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Gray <jsg@jsg.id.au>
This commit removes definitions of CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE defined to be
equal to CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE in numerous configuration files.
We remove such definitions in two situations:
- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE is otherwise not defined in the board
configuration file, which means the default value of
CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE == 256 applies. In this case, the default value
of CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE == 512 (common/image.c) is suitable, as it is
larger.
- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE is defined in the board configuration file, but
to a value equal or less than 512. In this case, the default value
of CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE == 512 (common.image.c) is suitable, as it
is equal or larger.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE is already defined to 512 in common/image.c when
not defined. Therefore, there is no point in having board
configuration files define it to 512.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that include/config_fallbacks.h define a sane fallback for
CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS, we can drop the definition of this constant in all
configurations that were using the default value.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS contains the maximum number of arguments accepted
by U-Boot commands. Since the vast majority of the platforms define it
to 16, it makes sense to have a default definition to 16, which will
allow to remove this definition from a significant number of
platforms.
It will allow to remove the default definition from 216 platform .h
files, leaving only 56 platforms with non-default values (15, 24, 32,
48, 64, 96, 128 or 256).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that the fallback value of CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE in
include/config_fallbacks.h has been adjusted, remove its definition
from a large number of board configuration files.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Most of the platforms are using CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE +
sizeof(CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT) + 16 as their value for CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE,
so let's adopt this for the fallback value of CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE.
This will allow us to drop an explicit definition of CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE
from a large number of platforms.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that include/config_fallbacks.h define a sane fallback for
CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE, we can drop the definition of this constant in all
configurations that were using the default value.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
[trini: Drop <config.h> from stih410-b2260.h]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE contains the buffer size for input for the
console. The vast majority of platforms define them to some reasonable
value (256, 512 or 1024 bytes), and it is quite annoying to repeat
this definition for all platforms while it isn't really HW-related.
Therefore, let's provide a sane fallback value in config_fallbacks.h,
so that platforms can rely on it instead of having to explicitly
define it.
We use 1024 when KGDB is enabled, and 256 otherwise, which is what the
majority of the platforms are doing.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The current code checks that no partitions overlap with the GPT partition
table using the offset of the first LBA usable for that partition.
This works fine, unless you have a partition entry that is further away
than it usually is and you want to create partitions in the gap between the
GPT header and the GPT partition entries, for example to reflash a
bootloader that needs to be set there.
Rework the test to something a bit smarter that checks whether a partition
would overlap with either the GPT header or the partition entries, no
matter where it is on the disk.
Partitions that do not have a start LBA specified will still start at the
first LBA usable set in the GPT header, to avoid weird behaviours.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The gpt_fill_pte will need to access the device block size. Let's pass the
device descriptor as an argument.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The start variable is only used inside a loop, and is never affected inside
it, so it's a purely local variable.
In the same way the partition size is accessed several times, so we can
store it in a variable.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add the following options to drivers/misc/Kconfig:
SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR
SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS
SYS_EEPROM_SIZE
SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS
SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS
SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN
SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW
This does not migrate any boards, but provides a foundations for
those who want/need these options
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
[trini: Migrate uniphier]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Without ethernet cable plugged, "ip=dhcp" leads to a complete hangup in
Linux booting and the system does not boot into userland at all. Since
its not required to have an active network connection on these board,
lets remove this statement from the default environment.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
It was noticed a few times, that the reboot from Linux (reboot command)
is different from the reboot (reset command) under U-Boot. The U-Boot
version does seem to reset the board more deeply (PCI cards etc) than
the Linux reboot.
This is actually caused by missing full reset bit in the reset register
value in the ACPI FADT table.
Reported-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The atomic preop register can only be written when SPI settings are
not locked, otherwise it's read-only.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
In ich_spi_xfer() when the driver presets control fields, control
variable gets assigned twice. Apparently only the last assignment
takes effect. Remove the other one.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Manually enable SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_LOCATIONS.
Set CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS=0x80000 and remove it from header
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUS_MAX
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
[trini: Fix AM43XX drop AM44XX]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For consistency with other platforms and in preparation of Kconfig
migration, let's change Several TI platforms that use I2C_BUS_MAX
to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUS_MAX
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
- Move ANDROID_IMAGE_SUPPORT to top level Kconfig under images as it's
not strictly part of fastboot.
- Add some defaults for the fastboot buffer location and size
- Migrate all options listed in cmd/fastboot/Kconfig
- Cleanup the README
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This syncs all of the currently Kconfig'd symbols out of the headers and
into the defconfig files. This has two exceptions, first am335x_evm
needs to be converted to DM in SPL and then it can stop undef'ing
CONFIG_DM_USB. Leaving this as-is results in a build failure, and
without work, run time failure. The other case is am43xx_evm.h and in
turn am43xx_evm_usbhost_boot. The problem here is that we need DWC3 USB
host mode in SPL, but still desire to have gadget mode in U-Boot proper.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This reverts commit 1d20170467, reversing
changes made to 6aee2ab68c.
The mxc_ipuv3_fb.c changes introduce build failures on some targets.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
SUNXI_GMAC was still used to configure the code where as the
same has been renamed and moved to Kconfig in below commit
"sunxi: Move SUNXI_GMAC to Kconfig"
(sha1: 4d43d065db)
Signed-off-by: Dave Prue <dave@prue.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Tested-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
[Tweek commit message, config_whitelist.txt, build-whitelist.sh]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
When enabling the new mmc timing mode, we inadvertently clear all the
remaining bits in the new timing mode register. The bits cleared
include a default phase delay on the output clock. The BSP kernel
states that the default values are supposed to be used. Clearing them
results in decreased performance or transfer errors on some boards.
Fixes: de9b1771c3 ("mmc: sunxi: Support new mode")
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Memory dt node update introduced by spl_fixup_fdt() in below
commit was making DDR configuration in-appropriate
to boot falcon mode. Hence added dram_init_banksize for
explicit assignment of proper base and size of DDR.
"boot: fdt: Perform arch_fixup_fdt() on the given device tree for falcon boot"
(sha1: 6e7585bb64)
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The NXP i.MX 6UL and 6ULL do not support SATA and have no SATA
boot mode, hence remove it from the boot device detecion. This
fixes a build error introduced with 3bd1642d4d ("imx: fix USB
boot mode detection for i.MX 6UL and 6ULL")
Fixes: 3bd1642d4d ("imx: fix USB boot mode detection for i.MX 6UL and 6ULL")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
U-boots spi-nor support is currently considered a work in progress. For
now to avoid issues it is necessary to add a "spi-flash" compatible
string. Eventually the "jedec,spi-nor" will be sufficient when the core
U-boot code is updated to support it.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Now the entry to the NAND driver init can be is controlled by DT;
it should not hurt to compile the driver all the time.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This imply was added when the option was moved by the moveconfig tool,
but the intention is not clear. Move it to defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This is now set up by the pinctrl driver when the NAND driver is
probed. Remove the legacy code.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
CONFIG_NAND_DENALI select's CONFIG_SYS_NAND_SELF_INIT, so the
NAND initialization process is driven by the driver itself.
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_MAX_CHIPS and CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BASE are unused.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The new SoC PXs3 changed the address of PLL, but still uses the
same PLL name. We can not define SC_*PLLCTRL in the common header.
Move them to per-SoC .c file. Also, fix some PLL comments.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The #include <common.h> was added for mdelay(). Later, the declaration
of mdelay was moved to <linux/delay.h> by commit 5bc516ed66 ("delay:
collect {m, n, u}delay declarations to include/linux/delay.h").
There is no need to include <common.h> now.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
A patch for NAND uclass support was proposed about half a year ago:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/722282/
It was not merged and I do not see on-going work for this.
Without DM-based probing, we need to set up pinctrl etc. in an ad-hoc
way and give lots of crappy CONFIG options for base addresses and
properties, which are supposed to be specified by DT. This is painful.
This commit just provides a probe hook to retrieve "reg" from DT and
allocate private data in a DM manner. This DT driver is not essentially
a NAND driver, in fact it is (ab)using UCLASS_MISC. Once UCLASS_NAND is
supported, it would be possible to migrate to it.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Linux supports platform_get_resource_byname() to look up a resource
by name.
We want a similar helper. It is useful when a device node has named
register regions.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Boards can skip display interface init using board_video_skip().
If display interface was not initialized (e.g. no ipuv3 framebuffer
registered or IPU clock disabled), booting Linux stops due to the
crash in IPU shutdown function, when accessing IPU registers.
Check IPU clock and skip shutdown if clock is not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
U-Boot proper is using DM_MMC so, enable CONFIG_BLK otherwise
find_mmc_device failed to detect MMC device.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The soc_boot_modes array is only used by bmode command
and not needed in SPL. Don't include it into SPL.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The GPT timer was already initialised in board_init_f() as
it is needed in dram init. Do not repeat timer init in
board_init_r().
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
There is no need to clear the control register 100 times in a
loop, a single zero write clears the register. I didn't find any
justification why clearing this register in a loop is needed
(no info in i.MX6 errata or GPT timer linux driver, linux driver
uses single write to clear this control register).
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
In case of 2 banks, the address space of the first CS must be defined
and not let to the higher value.
Add support for SOM with a single bank of RAM. It was tested with i.MX6Q
modules in the following configurations:
- 2 Banks, 4 GB
- 2 Banks, 1 GB
- 1 Bank, 1 GB
Signed-off-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Before reading entire FIT image, add sanity check by testing image
header against FDT_MAGIC. This should help avoid problems in situations
where FIT is not yet available from storage device, for example when
performing initial programming of device.
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Acked-by: Tomas Melin <tomas.melin@vaisala.com>
We see the choice of USB_DWC3_HOST / _GADGET in drivers/usb/dwc3/Kconfig,
but we can not choose USB_DWC3_HOST unless USB_GADGET is defined.
This is strange.
Loosen the "depends on" and also move "select USB_GADGET_DUALSPEED" to
the correct place.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The driver-model rework changed, among other things, the way the private
data were moved around. It now uses the private field in the struct mmc.
However, the mmc_create argument was changed in the process to always pass
the array we used to have to store our private structures.
The basically means that all the MMC driver instances will now have the
private data of the first instance, which obviously doesn't work very well.
Pass the proper pointer to mmc_create.
Fixes: 034e226bc7 ("dm: mmc: sunxi: Pass private data around explicitly")
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Tested-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Tested-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Almost all of the newer Allwinner SoCs have a new operating mode for the
eMMC clocks that needs to be enabled in both the clock and the MMC
controller.
Details about that mode are sparse, and the name itself (new mode vs old
mode) doesn't give much details, but it seems that the it changes the
sampling of the MMC clock. One side effect is also that it divides the
parent clock rate by 2.
Add support for it through a Kconfig option.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Before commit 26d6119 (fdt: Move fdt_fixup_ethernet to a common place)
the fdt_fixup_ethernet(...) was called during do_bootvx_fdt(...).
Afterwards the only (common) place for this fixup is during
image_setup_libfdt(...) and this is only called, at least on ARM
platform, from image_setup_linux(...).
All this ends up in the fact, that the fdt_fixup_ethernet(...) is only
called on booting a linux image and not on booting a vxWorks image.
We fix this with adding the fdt_fixup_ethernet(...) call again to
do_bootvx_fdt(...)
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The silent environment callback function does not update the silent
flag during silent env set or unset. That is because of duplicated
CONFIG keyword at preprocessor condition in silent environment
callback function and cause silent env callback unable to work.
This patch is to remove the duplicated CONFIG keywork in silent
environment callback function.
Signed-off-by: Wilson Lee <wilson.lee@ni.com>
Cc: Keng Soon Cheah <keng.soon.cheah@ni.com>
Cc: Chen Yee Chew <chen.yee.chew@ni.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
At present the NVMe uclass driver uses a global variable nvme_info
to store global information like namespace id, and NVMe controller
driver's priv struct has a blk_dev_start that is used to calculate
the namespace id based on the global information from nvme_info.
This is not a good design in the DM world and can be replaced with
the following changes:
- Encode the namespace id in the NVMe block device name during
the NVMe uclass post probe
- Extract the namespace id from the device name during the NVMe
block device probe
- Let BLK uclass calculate the devnum for us by passing -1 to
blk_create_devicef() as the devnum
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
So far cache operations are only applied on the submission queue and
completion queue, but they are missing in other places like identify
and block read/write routines.
In order to correctly operate on the caches, the DMA buffer passed
to identify routine must be allocated properly on the stack with the
existing macro ALLOC_CACHE_ALIGN_BUFFER().
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The NVMe block read and write routines are almost the same except
the command opcode. Let's consolidate them to avoid duplication.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
NVMe driver only uses two queues. The first one is allocated to do
admin stuff, while the second one is for IO stuff. So far the driver
uses magic number (0/1) to access them. Change to use macros.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
So far the driver unconditionally delays 10ms when en/disabling the
controller and still return 0 if 10ms times out. In fact, spec defines
a timeout value in the CAP register that is the worst case time that
host software shall wait for the controller to become ready.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Capabilities register is RO and accessed at various places in the
driver. Let's cache it in the controller driver's priv struct.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
So far this is not causing any issue due to NVMe and x86 are using
the same endianness, but for correctness, it should be fixed.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
ndev->queues is a pointer to pointer, but the allocation wrongly
requests sizeof(struct nvme_queue). Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The codes currently try to read PCI vendor id of the NVMe block
device by dm_pci_read_config16() with its parameter set as its
root complex controller (ndev->pdev) instead of itself. This is
seriously wrong. We can read the vendor id by passing the correct
udevice parameter to the dm_pci_read_config16() API, however there
is a shortcut by reading the cached vendor id from the PCI device's
struct pci_child_platdata.
While we are here fixing this bug, apparently the quirk stuff handle
codes in nvme_get_info_from_identify() never takes effect since its
logic has never been true at all. Remove these codes completely.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Since the gpr_init() function is common for boards using MX6S, MX6DL, MX6D,
MX6Q and MX6QP processors move it to the soc.c file.
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
While it is true that we no longer have 'ppcenv' and similar sections,
including env/embedded.o at all results in the text/etc sections being
available for the rest of the link. This in turn is required for the
setup used on ms7722se. This also, likely, needs further fine-tuning.
Fixes: f40ad66fa0 ("arch/sh: don't bring common/env_embedded.o into the link")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In order to be able to reliably use fdt_totalsize, we must have
<libfdt.h> included.
Fixes: 767cb74a00 ("cmd: spl: provide address and size of prepared FDT ...")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When reworking this code to fix other issues found by Coverity, I forgot
to ensure tmp_ep was always cleared before use.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 166612)
Fixes: bc028345ac ("mtdparts: Fix final outstanding issue reported by Coverity")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When using ISO partitions with a DMA enabled block device driver
reading the ISO partition leads to unaligned DMA operations:
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [bffb7da8, bffb85a8]
Align the buffer to make sure we pass a buffer which works for
DMA operations.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
If the kernel is configured to be built with debug symbols, or
has bug tables, comparing files may not work if line numbers
change. This makes comparing object files with these options
harder to do. Let's strip out the debug info and drop the
__bug_table here so that we don't see false positives. There may
be other things to drop later, and it may be architecture
specific, but this works for me with my ARM64 build.
[ Import Linux commit: 65ba6fa439e7c3cbf97de9dce9e7a3390ae2638c ]
Signed-off-by: Stephen Boyd <stephen.boyd@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Jason Cooper <jason@lakedaemon.net>
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
While &p_jdb[fs->blksz] is a valid expression (it points *one* char
sized element past the end of the array, e.g. &p_jdb[fs->blksz + 1] is
invalid (according to the C standard (C99/C11)).
Changing this to tag = (struct ext3_journal_block_tag *)(p_jdb + ofs);
Cc: Stefan Brüns <stefan.bruens@rwth-aachen.de>
Suggested-by: Stefan Brüns <stefan.bruens@rwth-aachen.de>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 165117, 165110)
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Brüns <stefan.bruens@rwth-aachen.de>
As part of fixing the previously reported issues, it was missed that in
the case of mtdparts_init() we need to make sure that tmp_ep is long
enough to contain PARTITION_MAXLEN and a NULL termination. Then, to be
sure the buffer is NULL terminated, zero the entire buffer rather than
just ensuring the first character is NULL.
Cc: Lothar Waßmann <LW@KARO-electronics.de>
Cc: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 166329)
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Writing prepared FDT to persistent storage should be possible in
scripts. Create environment variables containing address and size
of the updated FDT. Scripts can use these variables after running
'spl export fdt ...' command to write the new blob to persistent
storage.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Update igep00x0 code with the following features:
- Add board and revision detection for the boards:
- IGEP0020-RF
- IGEP0020-RC
- IGEP0030-RG
- IGEP0030-RE
- Merge IGEP0020 and IGEP0030 mux tables
- Add suport to use GPIO_126, GPIO_127 and GPIO_129
- board_name and board_rev environment variables display board and
revision informations
- Move dtb name selection from code to boot script
Signed-off-by: Pau Pajuelo <ppajuel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ladislav Michl <ladis@linux-mips.org>
Tested-by: Pau Pajuelo <ppajuel@gmail.com>
Avoid cluttering board file with CONFIG_SPL_BUILD ifdefs
by moving SPL related functions into separate file.
Signed-off-by: Ladislav Michl <ladis@linux-mips.org>
Tested-by: Pau Pajuelo <ppajuel@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Enric Balletbo i Serra <enric.balletbo@collabora.com>
kASLR support in kernel requires a random number to be passed via
chosen/kaslr-seed propert. sec_firmware generates this random seed
which can then be passed in the device tree node.
sec_firmware reserves JR3 for it's own usage. Node for JR3 is
removed from device-tree.
Signed-off-by: Ruchika Gupta <ruchika.gupta@nxp.com>
do_switch_ecc() calls fsmc_nand_switch_ecc(), which is a direct
function call into drivers/mtd/nand/fsmc_nand.c. However, this
function is not guarded by CONFIG_NAND_FSMC, which results to a build
failure if CONFIG_NAND_FSMC is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
The code in board/spear/common/ is not board-specific but
SoC-specific. Therefore, boards from other vendors than "spear" may
want to re-use this code, which is currently difficult with the code
being placed in board/spear/common/.
Since this code really is SoC-specific, this commit moves it to
arch/arm/cpu/arm926ejs/spear/, with the rest of the SPEAr related
code.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
The function interrupt_init_cpu() is given an int return type but does
not return anything but 0. Rework this to be a void function.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
The overflow calculation was incorrect. Adding the start block of the
partition is not needed because the sectors are already relative to the
beginning of the partition. If you attempted to write a file smaller
than cur_part_info.start blocks on a full partition the old calculation
fails to catch the overflow. This would cause an infinite loop in the
determine_fatent function.
Old, incorrect calculation:
ending sector of new file = start sector + file size (in sectors)
last sector = partition start + total sectors on the partition
Adding the partition start block number is not needed because sectors
are already relative to the start of the partition.
New calculation:
ending sector of new file = start sector + file size (in sectors)
last sector = total sectors on the partition
Signed-off-by: Reno Farnesi <nfarnesi4@gmail.com>
This re-syncs AM33xx DTS file with current file from
Linux v4.13-rc4 to ensure a consistent configuration. Upstream
Linux removed the redundant Interrupt-parent property from mmc,
mac, lcdc and tscadc sub nodes.
Signed-off-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil.m@techveda.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is currently disabled, so USB keyboards are not detected in U-Boot.
Enable this option to fix that.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Jonathan Gray <jsg@jsg.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Paul Barker <pbarker@toganlabs.com>
The linker script for SuperH brings the .ppcenv and .ppcenvr section
of common/env_embedded.o into the .text section. However, the .ppcenv
section is only ever filled in by env_embedded.o when
CONFIG_SYS_USE_PPCENV is defined, but no platforms in mainline U-Boot
use this.
In addition, common/env_embedded.o is not always built (when you use
CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE for example), which causes the following build
failure:
Fixes:
LD u-boot
/home/thomas/sh4aeb-linux-musl/bin/sh4aeb-linux-ld.bfd: cannot find common/env_embedded.o
We fix this by no longer adding the .ppcenv and .ppcenvr sections from
common/env_embedded.o into the .text section.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The SuperH architecture allows to be run in either little or big
endian mode. Some SuperH SoCs get the little vs. big endian decision
through mode pins sampled at reset, so if big endian has been choosen
by HW designers, it cannot be easily changed.
Therefore, it makes sense to allow building U-Boot for SuperH in big
endian mode. To allow this, the only change needed is to adjust the
OUTPUT_FORMAT() in the linker script.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
We need the clock available very early, add the u-boot,dm-pre-reloc
DT property on those nodes, so they come up very in the process.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The R8A7795 and R8A7796 tables use different constants to identify
clock in DT, so split the tables and use the correct constants on
R8A7795. This fixes UART clock misconfiguration on R8A7795.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
i.MX 6 serial downloader is not necessarily booting via UART but can
also boot from USB. In fact only some i.MX chips have serial
downloader support via UART (e.g. 6UL/ULL and Vybrid) but all of
them have serial downloader support via USB. Use the more appropriate
BOOT_DEVICE_BOARD define which is used for ROM provided recovery
mechanisms in general.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Add the reserved boot mode used in the bmode command for i.MX 6UL
and 6ULL as introduced in commit 3fd9579085 ("imx: mx6ull: fix USB
bmode for i.MX 6UL and 6ULL").
Also replace BMODE_UART with BMODE_RESERVED, which is more appropriate.
Commit 96aac843b6 ("imx: Use IMX6_BMODE_* macros instead of numericals")
added macros for boot modes, in the process the reserved boot mode got
named BMODE_UART. We use the reserved boot mode in the bmode command to
let the boot ROM enter serial downloader recovery mode. But this is only
a side effect, the actual boot mode is reserved...
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
To support more input characters (longer stings pasted into the U-Boot
prompt) without dropping, lets selects the recently added UART RX
buffer for these boards.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
To support more input characters (longer stings pasted into the U-Boot
prompt) without dropping, lets selects the recently added UART RX
buffer for these boards.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Pasting longer lines into the U-Boot console prompt sometimes leads to
characters missing. One problem here is the small 16-byte FIFO of the
legacy NS16550 UART, e.g. on x86 platforms.
This patch now introduces a Kconfig option to enable RX buffer support
for all DM based serial drivers. With this option enabled, I was
able paste really long lines into the U-Boot console, without any
characters missing.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 6822cf3ec7.
As Bin Meng has tested and pointed out, we don't need the RX interrupt
for the RX buffer support at all. Just reading all available characters
into a buffer is sufficient to solve the problem with the dropped
characters upon long lines pasted into the U-Boot prompt. Since this
RX buffer support can be implemented in a generic way, without any
device specifica (e.g. for the ns16550), I'll post a new patch with
a new serial RX buffer support for DM, which all DM based serial
drivers can use.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Let's imply the 'pci' command to access the de facto interconnect
bus in an x86 system.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Some Intel FSP (like Braswell) does SPI lock-down during the call
to fsp_notify(INIT_PHASE_BOOT). But before SPI lock-down is done,
it's bootloader's responsibility to configure the SPI controller's
opcode registers properly otherwise SPI controller driver doesn't
know how to communicate with the SPI flash device.
This introduces a Kconfig option CONFIG_FSP_LOCKDOWN_SPI for such
FSPs. When it is on, U-Boot will configure the SPI opcode registers
before the lock-down.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
At present the ICH SPI opcode registers configuration is done in the
ich_spi_remove() routine, a little bit weird but that's how current.
Linux MTD driver works. This changes to move the opcode registers
configuration to a separate routine ich_spi_config_opcode() which
might be called by U-Boot itself as well.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
At present the ICH SPI controller driver reads the controller lock
status from its register in the probe routine and saves the lock
status to a member of priv. Later the driver uses the cached status
from priv to judge whether the controller setting is locked and do
different setup.
But such logic is only valid when there is only the SPI controller
driver that touches the SPI hardware. In fact the lock status change
can be trigged outside the driver, eg: during the fsp_notify() call
when Intel FSP is used.
This changes the driver to read the lock status every time when an
SPI transfer is initiated instead of reading the cached one.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
To i.MX7ULP, we need to create two info instances for
iomux0 and iomux1 respectively, otherwise iomuxc0/1 will
share one info instance and use one base, because imx_pinctrl_probe
will use info to store base address and etc. But iomuxc0/1
actually have different base address.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
when using SHARE_MUX_CONF_REG, wrong mask is used for
writing config value, which causes mux value is cleared.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Some files for i.MX do not yet have the SPDX ID to reference the correct
license.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Enable Serial Download Protocol (SDP) in SPL and U-Boot. This is
useful to make use of imx_usb to download the complete U-Boot
(u-boot.img) after SPL has been downloaded. The U-Boot command
sdp allows to enumerate as SDP capable device again, e.g. to
download a Linux kernel and/or U-Boot script.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Use a completely independent USB Product ID for SPL. This allows
to differentiate a SDP running in SPL and SDP running in a U-Boot
which could not read the config block successfully.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Document the U-Boot Serial Download Protocol implementation and
some typical use cases.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Add USB serial download protocol support to SPL. If the SoC started
in recovery mode the SPL will immediately switch to SDP and wait for
further downloads/commands from the host side.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Add a new command to start USB Serial Download Protocol (SDP)
state machine.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Support U-Boot images in SPL so that u-boot.img files can be
directly downloaded and executed. Furthermore support U-Boot
scripts download and execution in full U-Boot so that custom
recovery actions can be downloaded from the host in a third
step.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Add SDP (Serial Downloader Protocol) implementation for U-Boot. The
protocol is used in NXP SoC's boot ROM and allows to download program
images. Beside that, it can also be used to read/write registers and
download complete Device Configuration Data (DCD) sets. This basic
implementation supports downloading images with the imx header format
reading and writing registers.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Move the imximage.h header file to a common location so we can make
use of it from U-Boot too.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Add an i2c mux driver providing access to i2c bus segments using a
hardware MUX sitting on a master bus and controlled through gpio pins.
E.G. something like:
---------- ---------- Bus segment 1 - - - - -
| | SCL/SDA | |-------------- | |
| |------------| |
| | | | Bus segment 2 | |
| Linux | GPIO 1..N | MUX |--------------- Devices
| |------------| | | |
| | | | Bus segment M
| | | |---------------| |
---------- ---------- - - - - -
SCL/SDA of the master I2C bus is multiplexed to bus segment 1..M
according to the settings of the GPIO pins 1..N.
Note commit log from kernel
commit 92ed1a76("i2c: Add generic I2C multiplexer using GPIO API")
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com> (i.MX6QP-Sabreauto)
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add i2c driver which can be used on both STM32F7 and STM32H7.
This I2C block supports the following features:
_ Slave and master modes
_ Multimaster capability
_ Standard-mode (up to 100 kHz)
_ Fast-mode (up to 400 kHz)
_ Fast-mode Plus (up to 1 MHz)
_ 7-bit and 10-bit addressing mode
_ Multiple 7-bit slave addresses (2 addresses, 1 with configurable mask)
_ All 7-bit addresses acknowledge mode
_ General call
_ Programmable setup and hold times
_ Easy to use event management
_ Optional clock stretching
_ Software reset
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Otherwise:
drivers/usb/gadget/f_fastboot.c:564:32: warning: format "%lx" expects
argument of type "long unsigned int", but argument 3 has type "unsigned
int" [-Wformat=]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Staticize a few functions and variables which are no longer exposed.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The db-88f6820-amc has four chips with 2Gb density giving a total of 1GB
DRAM. Update the board_topology_map to reflect the correct
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The function blk_dread will return -ENOSYS on failure or on success the
number of blocks read, which must be the number asked to read (otherwise
it failed somewhere). Correct this check.
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
There is no guarantee that commands are null-terminated in the USB
request buffer, so limit the length of data that is printed.
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Tested-by: Steve Rae <steve.rae@raedomain.com>
Fastboot loads an image at CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR, but currently
tells do_bootm() to look for an image at $loadaddr. This breaks if
CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR is different from the current user-set
loadaddr.
Instead, tell do_bootm() to pick up the image where it was laoded.
Signed-off-by: Peter Chubb <peter.chubb@data61.csiro.au>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Steve Rae <steve.rae@raedomain.com>
With the change to the environment code to remove the common init stage
of pointing to the default environment and setting it as valid, combined
with the change to switch gd->env_valid from 0/1/2 to an enum we now
must set env_valid to one of the enum values rather than an int. And in
this case, not only was setting it to an int wrong, it was now the wrong
value. Finally, in the case of ENV_IS_NOWHERE we must still say that
our envionrment is invalid after init for things to continue to
function.
Fixes: 7938822a6b ("env: Drop common init() functions")
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
---
Changes in v3:
- Actually include changes for env/nowhere.c
Since commit 576e3cc700 ("usb: host: xhci-dwc3: Add dual role mode
support from DT"), warning is displayed if dr_mode is not specified.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
- Merge sys_reset data of LD4, Pro4, sLD8 and Pro5
- Merge sys_reset data of LD11 and LD20
- Use primitive UNIPHIER_RESETX() macro because bit assignments for
system reset will be changed for every SoC in the future
- Add NAND and eMMC resets
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This reverts commit 82d075e79f.
Commit 82d075e79f ("ARM: uniphier: fix ROM boot mode for PH1-sLD3")
was a workaround for sLD3. Now the sLD3 SoC support has been removed.
Revert it to allow to simplify the init code.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This reverts commit bcc51c1512.
Commit bcc51c1512 ("ARM: uniphier: move lowlevel debug init code
after page table switch") was intended to support lowlevel debug for
sLD3. Now the sLD3 SoC support has been removed.
Revert it to allow to enable lowlevel debug earlier.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Since commit f0776a5517 ("spl: dm: Kconfig: SPL_CLK depends on
SPL_DM"), the following warning is displayed:
$ make uniphier_v8_defconfig
warning: (ARCH_ZYNQ && ARCH_ZYNQMP && STM32F7 && CLK_UNIPHIER) selects
SPL_CLK which has unmet direct dependencies (CLK && SPL_DM)
While I am here, I am removing the prompt to make it user-unconfigurable
option so that "select CLK_UNIPHIER" can be omitted.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
since commit: b529993e02 "spl: add hierarchical defaults for SPL_LDSCRIPT"
taurus board stopped working. Use the ldscript from
arch/arm/cpu/u-boot-spl.lds (as before this patch) fixed it.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA is no longer used by any board or
platform, so support for it can be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vz@mleia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
ATF can leave the MMC IP in a state where U-Boot mmc driver
can't enumerate the eMMC.
This patch provides a mmc0_reset_clk() function like we
already so do sd card controller which resets the IP
when entering U-Boot.
With this patch applied eMMC partitions are successfully
enumerated again.
=> mmc dev 0
switch to partitions #0, OK
mmc0(part 0) is current device
=> mmc part
Partition Map for MMC device 0 -- Partition Type: EFI
Part Start LBA End LBA Name
Attributes
Type GUID
Partition GUID
1 0x00000800 0x00000fff "vrl"
attrs: 0x0000000000000000
type: ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
guid: 496847ab-56a1-4cd5-a1ad-47f4acf055c9
2 0x00001000 0x000017ff "vrl_backup"
attrs: 0x0000000000000000
type: ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
guid: 61a36fc1-8efb-4899-84d8-b61642efa723
3 0x00001800 0x00001fff "mcuimage"
<snip>
Signed-off-by: Peter Griffin <peter.griffin@linaro.org>
The function blk_dread will return -ENOSYS on failure or on success the
number of blocks read, which must be the number asked to read (otherwise
it failed somewhere). Correct this check.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The function blk_dread will return -ENOSYS on failure or on success the
number of blocks read, which must be the number asked to read (otherwise
it failed somewhere). Correct this check.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The function blk_dread will return -ENOSYS on failure or on success the
number of blocks read, which must be the number asked to read (otherwise
it failed somewhere). Correct this check.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 166335)
Cc: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that sandbox is building cmd/mtdparts.c Coverity has looked at the
code and found a number of issues. In index_partitions() it is possible
that part will be NULL, so re-work the checks and debug statements to
take this into account. We have a number of string buffers that we
print to in the exact size of, and use string functions on, so we need
to ensure they are large enough to be NULL terminated. In
device_parse() it is not possible for num_partitions to be 0 (we would
have hit a different error first) so remove logically dead code.
Finally, in parse_mtdparts() if we have an error we need to free the
memory allocated to dev.
Cc: Lothar Waßmann <LW@KARO-electronics.de>
Cc: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 166334, 166333, 166332, 166329, 166328)
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Commit 089df18bfe ("lib: move hash CONFIG options to Kconfig") moved
CONFIG_SHA1, CONFIG_SHA256, CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL, and
CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL config options to Kconfig. So in the case of
SPL, CONFIG_SPL_HASH_SUPPORT enables CONFIG_SHA1 and CONFIG_SHA256 which
enables SHA SW library by default. But in the case of platforms with
SHA HW library support, SHA SW library becomes redundant and increases
size of SPL by approx 18K. Rework the code so that we have named
members and only have either software or hardware versions of the
algorithm, depending on the relevant config options. Update the comment
around hash_algo to reflect this as well.
Reported-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Cc: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
On some systems `python` is `python3` (for instance, Archlinux). The
`PYTHON` variable can be used to point to `python2` to have a successful
build.
The use of `PYTHON` is currently limited in the Makefile and needs to be
extended in other places:
First, pylibfdt is required to be a Python 2 binding (binman imports
pylibfdt and is only compatible Python 2), so its setup.py needs to be
called accordingly. An alternative would be to change the libfdt
setup.py shebang to python2, but the binding is actually portable. Also,
it would break on system where there is no such thing as `python2`.
Secondly, the libfdt import checks need to be done against Python 2 as
well since the Python 2 compiled modules (in this case _libdft.so) can
not be imported from Python 3.
Note on the libfdt imports: "@if ! PYTHONPATH=tools $(PYTHON) -c 'import
libfdt'; then..." is probably simpler than the currently sub-optimal
pipe.
Reviewed-by: Jonathan Gray <jsg@jsg.id.au>
fdtdec.h is included, but not used in rk3399-board-spl.c: remove the
'#include'-statement.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
UEFI API functions have different return types.
Some return a value of type EFI_STATUS other don't.
We therefore should not cast the return value of EFI_EXIT
to another type than the expression passed to EFI_EXIT.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This changes pci_mmc driver to use PCI_CLASS_SYSTEM_SDHCI instead of
individual vendor id & device id pair to support generic PCI SD host
controller.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Sysam stmark2 board is a generic and fully (hw and sw) open board, with
a mcf54415 Coldfire CPU, 128MB of DDR2, 16MB of SPI flash and SD card
as non volatile memories, and a wifi module included on-board.
The board is actually used mainly for Coldfire custodian testing activity
related to the mcf5441x Coldfire family.
For further information please see: http://sysam.it/cff_stmark2.html
Signed-off-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
---
Changes in v2:
- remove CMD_REGINFO
- add board information in commit message
For certain boot types and sbf, for V4 cpu's, an early ddr/sdram init
is required. This patch moves this ddr/sdram early initalization
away from start.S (to be board related).
Signed-off-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
During the the conversion to $(SPL_TPL_), the SPL_ fragment was
left over for the NOR, XIP and YMODEM boot methods in SPL, making
these unselectable.
This commit fixes this by dropping the spurious 'SPL_' fragment
from each line.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reported-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@gmail.com>
Fixes: f94e643 (spl: consistently use $(SPL_TPL_) to select features for SPL and TPL builds)
This patch allows to show the EXT_CSD[179] partition_config
register info, just by specifying the dev param:
U-Boot> mmc partconf 0
EXT_CSD[179], PARTITION_CONFIG:
BOOT_ACK: 0x0
BOOT_PARTITION_ENABLE: 0x0
PARTITION_ACCESS: 0x0
Signed-off-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
All boards which use DM_MMC have now been converted to use DM_MMC_OPS.
Drop the option and good riddance.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable driver model for MMC (including BLK), SATA and USB. Note that USB
does not yet work correctly since the nodes are disabled. Hopefully this
can be resolved by the maintainer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When CONFIG_BLK is enabled our weak board_mmc_init() will not be called.
Since there is no clock driver for MX6 yet, we must manually enable the
clocks.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for using driver model for SATA with the cm_fx6 board. The old
code remains for now to permit testing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We want to use fsl_esdhc_init() with driver model. Move the mmc_init() out
of this function so that we can use it for our common init.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With driver model we want to store the mmc and configuration structure in
platform data. Set up structure up and use it for non-DM as well.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since esdhc_init_common() can fail it should return an error code. Update
this and also adjust the timeout mechanism to use get_timer(), which is a
more common approach.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since esdhc_reset() can fail it should return an error code. Update this
and also adjust the timeout mechanism to use get_timer(), which is a more
common approach.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Driver model wants to use the core functions in this file but accesses the
driver-private data in a different way. Move the code into new 'common'
functions and set up stubs to call these. Also sort the operations into
alphabetical order for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With driver model we will not use mmc->priv to access driver-private data.
To accomodate this, update internal functions so that we can pass the
private data directly. This will allow the caller to obtain it as it
prefers.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update this driver to support driver model. This involves implementing the
AHCI operations and reusing existing common code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the AHCI uclass is just a shell and we still use the global
functions to access SATA. Fix this by adding operations to the uclass.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Driver model wants to use the core functions in this file but accesses the
uclass-private data in a different way. Move the code into new 'common'
functions and set up stubs to call these.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function will not be used with driver model and it relates to the
other exported functions. Move it down next to them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rename dwc_ahsata.h to indicate that it is a private header file. We plan
to create another header with some public functions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is a strange &(var) coding style in this driver. Adjust it to use
&var instead, which is more usual.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With driver model sata_dev_desc[] does not exist. We still want to use the
common code of this driver so update it to pass struct ahci_uc_priv * to
each of these functions, instead of an integer which must be looked up in
sata_dev_desc[].
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Most of the casts in this driver are not necessary. With driver model we
do not cast from void *. Update the driver to follow this rule.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With driver model this becomes uclass-private data. Rename the parameter
varable to reflect this.
With the driver model conversion we will not have any exported functions.
Move all exported functions to be together at the end of the file so that
we can deal with them in one #ifdef block.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the driver model conversion we will not have any exported functions.
Move all exported functions to be together at the end of the file so that
we can deal with them in one #ifdef block.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Instead of having separate code in the 'usb' command, adjust it to use
the common function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Instead of having separate code in the 'ide' command, adjust it to use
the common function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Instead of having separate code in the 'scsi' command, adjust it to use
the common function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Instead of having separate code in the 'sata' command, adjust it to use
the common function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Most block devices provide a command (e.g. 'sata', 'scsi', 'ide') and
these commands generally do the same thing. This makes it harder to
maintain this code and keep it consistent.
We now have a block device interface which is either implemented by driver
model (when CONFIG_BLK is enabled) or with a legacy interface. Therefore
it is possible to handle most of what these commands do with generic code.
Add a new generic function to process block-device commands using the
interface type and the current device number for that type.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a function to find the name of an interface type (e.g. "sata", "scsi")
from the interface type enum.
This is useful for generic code (not specific to SATA or SCSI, for
example) that wants to display the type of interface it is dealing with.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We cannot call dm_scan_fdt_dev() with of-platdata since there is no device
tree. Fix this with an #if check.
Fixes: 3be9a37 (dm: syscon: scan sub-nodes of the syscon node)
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The bind() method is called before the device is probed and so the
device has no private data, should use the platform data, and set up
a new struct to hold the mmc and cfg members.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The command handling in this driver is awful, esp. because the driver
depends on command numbers to determine whether this is APPCMD or not.
Also, handling of command RSP response types is totally wrong.
This patch at least plucks out some of the custom command encoding and
fixes the APPCMD handling. The RSP handling still needs work, yet that
might not be needed as it turns out the uniphier-sd.c driver is in much
better shape and supports the same IP, so we might be able to just drop
this driver in favor of the uniphier one.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Hiroyuki Yokoyama <hiroyuki.yokoyama.vx@renesas.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
On some flash (like Macronix), QE (quad enable) bit is in the same
status register as BP# bits, and we need preserve its original value
during a reboot cycle as this is required by some platforms (like
Intel ICH SPI controller working under descriptor mode).
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
[Refined code for readability]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The load() methods have inconsistent behaviour on error. Some of them load
an empty default environment. Some load an environment containing an error
message. Others do nothing.
As a step in the right direction, have the method return an error code.
Then the caller could handle this itself in a consistent way.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In principle this can fail, e.g. if the index is out of range. Adjust the
driver signature to allow returning an error code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We are now using an env_ prefix for environment functions. Rename these
other functions as well, for consistency:
getenv_vlan()
getenv_bootm_size()
getenv_bootm_low()
getenv_bootm_mapsize()
env_get_default()
Suggested-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We are now using an env_ prefix for environment functions. Rename these
for consistency. Also add function comments in common.h.
Suggested-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We are now using an env_ prefix for environment functions. Rename these
two functions for consistency. Also add function comments in common.h.
Quite a few places use getenv() in a condition context, provoking a
warning from checkpatch. These are fixed up in this patch also.
Suggested-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We are now using an env_ prefix for environment functions. Rename these
commonly used functions, for consistency. Also add function comments in
common.h.
Suggested-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We are now using an env_ prefix for environment functions. Rename setenv()
for consistency. Also add function comments in common.h.
Suggested-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As M4 is sourcing UART clk from OSC, to make UART work
when M4 is enabled, need to select OSC as clk parent,
24M OSC is enough for debug UART in uboot.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
There is not LDO_SOC/PU/ARM/MMDC1 on i.MX6SLL, also no need to gate/ungate
all PFDs to make PFD working.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Under very rare timing circumstances, transitioning into streaming
mode might create a data corruption. Present on Two or more processors
or 1 core with ACP, all revisions. This erratum can be worked round
by setting bit[22] of the undocumented Diagnostic Control Register to 1.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Albert Aribaud <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The ARM errata 751472, 794072, 761320 only applied
to the following configuration:
This erratum affects configurations with either:
- One processor if the ACP is present
- Two or more processors
i.MX6 family does not have the ACP and thus only the MPCore system
will be impacted, which are the i.MX6DQ, i.MX6DL, and i.MX6QP.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
The IPU AXI QoS for the i.MX6QP and i.MX6DP processors have to be set as
commented in the code:
/* set IPU AXI-id1 Qos=0x1 AXI-id0/2/3 Qos=0x7 */
Set IOMUXC_GPR6 and IOMUXC_GPR7 to 0x77177717 instead of 0x007F007F.
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
The IPU AXI QoS for the i.MX6QP and i.MX6DP processors have to be set as
commented in the code:
/* set IPU AXI-id1 Qos=0x1 AXI-id0/2/3 Qos=0x7 */
Set IOMUXC_GPR6 and IOMUXC_GPR7 to 0x77177717 instead of 0x007F007F.
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Use the env_save() function directly now that there is only one
implementation of saveenv().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is a strange name for a function that loads the environment. There is
now only one implementation of this function, so use the new env_load()
function directly instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We only have a single implementation of this function now and it is called
env_get_char(). Drop the old function and the weak version.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that env_init() is only defined once we can drop the env_init_new()
name and just use env_init().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This variable is declared as a global in most environment location
drivers. But it is not used outside the drivers and most of the
declarations are unnecessary.
Also some drivers call free() on env_ptr which seems wrong since it is
not in the heap.
Drop the variable where possible, and all calls to free().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add a name to the driver and use that instead of the global variable
declared by each driver.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Most of the init() implementations just use the default environment.
Adjust env_init_new() to do this automatically, and drop the redundant
code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Move over to use a the master implementation of the location drivers, with
each method calling out to the appropriate driver.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We plan to move to a environment access via drivers for each location
where the environment can be stored. Add an implementation for this. So
far it is not used, but will be pressed into service in a future patch.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we support multiple environment drivers but there is not way to
select between them at run time. Also settings related to the position and
size of the environment area are global (i.e. apply to all locations).
Until these limitations are removed we cannot really support more than one
environment location. Adjust the location to be a choice so that only one
can be selected. By default the environment is 'nowhere', meaning that the
environment exists only in memory and cannot be saved.
Also expand the help for the 'nowhere' option and move it to the top since
it is the default.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Move all of the imply logic to default X if Y so it works again]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Fix USB OTG power enable aka USBO1_EN which on Apalis T30 is connected
to the T30 ball GEN2_I2C_SCL.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Set up a location driver for each supported environment location. At
present this just points to the global functions and is not used. A
later patch will switch this over to use private functions in each driver.
There are several special cases here in various drivers to handle
peculiarities of certain boards:
1. Some boards define CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT and CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT but
do not actually load the environment in SPL. The env load code was
optimised out before but with the driver, it is not. Therefore a special
case is added to env/fat.c. The correct fix (depending on board testing
might be to disable CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT.
2. A similar situations happens with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH. Some boards
do not actually load the environment in SPL, so to reduce code size we
need to drop that code. A similar fix may be possible with these boards,
or it may be possible to adjust the environment CONFIG settings.
Added to the above is that the CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT option does not
apply when the environment is in flash.
Obviously the above has been discovered through painful and time-consuming
trial and error. Hopefully board maintainers can take a look and figure
out what is actually needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We want to use this name for all environment drivers. Update the nand
driver to use a more specific name.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At present we have three states for the environment, numbered 0, 1 and 2.
Add an enum to record this to avoid open-coded values.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This function is the same as env_get_char_spec() apart from dropping the
brackets. Drop the brackets from env_get_char_spec() and use that instead
of env_get_char_memory().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This function does nothing but call env_get_char_spec(). Drop it and
adjust its only caller.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The check for gd->env_valid is used in both the 'if' and 'else' part of
env_get_char(). Move it into that function instead for simplicity. Drop
that code from the two leaf functions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This function is not used anywhere other than env_get_char(). Move the
code into that function.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These functions are not used outside this file. Make them static and order
them to avoid forward declarations.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
About a quarter of the files in common/ relate to the environment. It
seems better to put these into their own subdirectory and remove the
prefix.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This target stops us using 'env' as a subdirectory. It is not mentioned in
the help so seems to be an internal target. Rename it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
OLimex A64-OLinuXino is an open-source hardware board
using the Allwinner A64 SOC.
OLimex A64-OLinuXino has
- A64 Quad-core Cortex-A53 64bit
- 1GB or 2GB RAM DDR3L @ 672Mhz
- microSD slot and 4/8/16GB eMMC
- Debug TTL UART
- HDMI
- LCD
- IR receiver
- 5V DC power supply
Tested-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
NanoPi A64 is a new board of high performance with low cost
designed by FriendlyElec., using the Allwinner A64 SOC.
Nanopi A64 features
- Allwinner A64, 64-bit Quad-core Cortex-A53@648MHz to 1.152GHz, DVFS
- 1GB DDR3 RAM
- MicroSD
- Gigabit Ethernet (RTL8211E)
- Wi-Fi 802.11b/g/n
- IR receiver
- Audio In/Out
- Video In/Out
- Serial Debug Port
- microUSB 5V 2A DC power-supply
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Tested-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Also introduce CONFIG_USE_BOOTARGS option so we can control if
CONFIG_BOOTARGS defined at all.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
[trini: Resync r8a779[56]_ulcb, various ls10xx targets]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Even after memory free of phydev, priv is still pointing to the
obsolete address.
So update priv->phydev as NULL after memory free.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Add support for Microchip LAN7500, LAN7800 and LAN7850,
USB to 10/100/1000 Ethernet Controllers.
Signed-off-by: Yuiko Oshino <yuiko.oshino@microchip.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Add an mii helper function to resolve flow control status per
IEEE 802.3-2005 table 28B-3.
This function was taken from the Linux source tree.
Signed-off-by: Yuiko Oshino <yuiko.oshino@microchip.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
While it is likely that this entire case is superfluous and can be
removed, correct the test now to match what is in rockchip-common.h and
makes sense based on context of the code. Otherwise we get a large
number of warnings.
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This appears to be a simple typo that dates back to the original
implementation of board_detail in commit e79394643b ("common: Update
cmd_bdinfo for PPC").
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
We plan to rewrite this script to use the pytest framework. To make it
easier to review the changes, indent the code to match the next patch.
This gets all of the whitespace changes out of the way.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
OMAP5432 did go into production with AVS class0 registers which were
mutually exclusive from AVS Class 1.5 registers.
Most OMAP5-uEVM boards use the pre-production Class1.5 which has
production efuse registers set to 0. However on production devices,
these are set to valid data.
scale_vcore logic is already smart enough to detect this and use the
"Nominal voltage" on devices that do not have efuse registers populated.
On a test production device populated as follows:
MPU OPP_NOM:
=> md.l 0x04A0021C4 1
4a0021c4: 03a003e9 ....
(0x3e9 = 1.01v) vs nom voltage of 1.06v
MPU OPP_HIGH:
=> md.l 0x04A0021C8 1
4a0021c8: 03400485 ..@.
MM OPP_NOM:
=> md.l 0x04A0021A4 1
4a0021a4: 038003d4 ....
(0x3d4 = 980mV) vs nom voltage of 1.025v
MM OPP_OD:
=> md.l 0x04A0021A8 1
4a0021a8: 03600403 ..`.
CORE OPP_NOM:
=> md.l 0x04A0021D8 1
4a0021d8: 000003cf ....
(0x3cf = 975mV) vs nom voltage of 1.040v
Since the efuse values are'nt currently used, we do not regress on
existing pre-production samples (they continue to use nominal voltage).
But on boards that do have production samples populated, we can leverage
the optimal voltages necessary for proper operation.
Tested on:
a) 720-2644-001 OMAP5UEVM with production sample.
b) 750-2628-222(A) UEVM5432G-02 with pre-production sample.
Data based on OMAP5432 Technical reference Manual SWPU282AF (May
2012-Revised Aug 2016)
NOTE: All collaterals on OMAP5432 silicon itself seems to have been
removed from ti.com, though EVM details are still available:
http://www.ti.com/tool/OMAP5432-EVM
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
A recent change adjusted a test string so that the test no-longer passes.
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Fixes: b28c5fcc (test-fit.py: Minor grammar/spelling/clarification tweaks)
Convert name to show explicitly that we are using milliseconds. For a
watchdog timer this is precise enough.
No functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
FDT_ERROR is defined as unsigned long. However, since the return value of
fdt_offset() is int, a warning will occur when compiling. Also, it is better
to use -EINVAL than FDT_ERROR.
This fixes this problem by change return value from FDT_ERROR to -EINVAL.
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
CC: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
QEMU supports NVMe emulation. Enable the NVMe driver on QEMU x86.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Maximum Data Transfer Size (MDTS) field indicates the maximum
data transfer size between the host and the controller. The
host should not submit a command that exceeds this transfer
size. The value is in units of the minimum memory page size
and is reported as a power of two (2^n).
The spec also says: a value of 0h indicates no restrictions
on transfer size. On the real NVMe card this is normally not
0 due to hardware restrictions, but with QEMU emulated NVMe
device it reports as 0. In nvme_blk_read/write() below we
have the following algorithm for maximum number of logic
blocks per transfer:
u16 lbas = 1 << (dev->max_transfer_shift - ns->lba_shift);
dev->max_transfer_shift being 0 will for sure cause lbas to
overflow. Let's use 20. With this fix, the NVMe driver works
on QEMU emulated NVMe device.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
NVMe should use the nsze value from the queried device. This will
reflect the total number of blocks of the device and fix detecting
my Samsung 960 EVO 256GB.
Original:
Capacity: 40386.6 MB = 39.4 GB (82711872 x 512)
Fixed:
Capacity: 238475.1 MB = 232.8 GB (488397168 x 512)
Signed-off-by: Jon Nettleton <jon@solid-run.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This adds support to detect the catchall PCI class for NVMe devices.
It allows the drivers to work with most NVMe devices that don't need
specific detection due to quirks etc.
Tested against a Samsung 960 EVO drive.
Signed-off-by: Jon Nettleton <jon@solid-run.com>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add nvme commands in U-Boot command line.
1. "nvme scan" - scan NVMe blk devices
2. "nvme list" - show all available NVMe blk devices
3. "nvme info" - show current or a specific NVMe blk device
4. "nvme device" - show or set current device
5. "nvme part" - print partition table
6. "nvme read" - read data from NVMe blk device
7. "nvme write" - write data to NVMe blk device
Signed-off-by: Zhikang Zhang <zhikang.zhang@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wenbin Song <wenbin.song@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
NVM Express (NVMe) is a register level interface that allows host
software to communicate with a non-volatile memory subsystem. This
interface is optimized for enterprise and client solid state drives,
typically attached to the PCI express interface.
This adds a U-Boot driver support of devices that follow the NVMe
standard [1] and supports basic read/write operations.
Tested with a 400GB Intel SSD 750 series NVMe card with controller
id 8086:0953.
[1] http://www.nvmexpress.org/resources/specifications/
Signed-off-by: Zhikang Zhang <zhikang.zhang@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wenbin Song <wenbin.song@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
If CONFIG_MMC_DW is not defined the return value of
init_dwmmc should not rely on a random stack value.
Instead indicate that no error occured.
The problem was indicated by cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The if in the else branch is superfluous.
We can use a simple if.
The problem was indicated by cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
It does not make sense to check if info is NULL after
dereferencing it.
The problem was indicated by cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
For DEVICE_NON_SHARED the newly assigned value of attr
is overwritten due to a missing break.
The problem was indicated by cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
It does not make sense first to dereference c and then
to check if it is NULL.
The problem was indicated by cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
No need to assign a value to sig if the next statement using sig
is itself an assignment of a value to sig.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_OMAP3_SPI
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
[trini: Minor comment tweaks]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Moving SPL_LDSCRIPT to Kconfig triggered an unfortunate attempt of
command substitution, as the sourced auto.conf may include $(ARCH)
which tries to execute a command 'ARCH'.
This showed up as a warning similar to the following:
include/config/auto.conf: line 209: ARCH: command not found
This change does no longer attempt to source auto.conf, but rather
passes it through awk to retrieve the values for CONFIG_LOCALVERSION
and CONFIG_LOCALVERSION_AUTO. This will also mitigate the risk of
unintended command substitution.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reported-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakob Unterwurzacher <jakob.unterwurzacher@theobroma-systems.com>
With the new way of doing things (i.e. the hierarchical selection of
SPL_LDSCRIPT via Kconfig) in place, this moves the SPL_LDSCRIPT setting
for the RK3368 from defconfig back into Kconfig.
With this done, there should be no lingering cases of SPL_LDSCRIPT
outside of Kconfig files.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the hierarchical defaults set up, we remove these from the header
files. To do so, I've run moveconfig on SPL_LDSCRIPT and this commits
the changes.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With SPL_LDSCRIPT moved to Kconfig (and this being a 'string' config
node), all the lingering definitions in header files will cause
warnings/errors due to the redefinition of the configuration item.
As we don't want to pollute the defconfig files (and values should
usually be identical for entire architectures), the defaults are moved
into Kconfig. Kconfig will always pick the first default that
matches, so please keep these values at the end of each file (to allow
any board-specific Kconfig, which will be included earlier) to
override with an unconditional default setting.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the changes to split SPL/TPL for the RK3368, I apparently missed
some needed adjustments to the RK3188 Kconfig and rock_defconfig.
This fixes build-issues for the rock board after applying the RK3368
enablement (and SPL/TPL) set that resulted from TPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT,
TPL_ROCKCHIP_BACK_TO_BROM and TPL_TINY_MEMSET being separate symbols
now.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When using DM timers w/ the timer0 block within the RK3368, we no
longer depend on the ARMv8 generic timer counting. This allows us to
drop the secure timer initialisation from the TPL and SPL stages.
The secure timer will later be set up by ATF, which starts the ARMv8
generic timer. Thus, there will be a dependency from Linux to the ATF
through the ARMv8 generic timer... this seems reasonable, as Linux
will require the ATF (and PSCI) to start up the secondary cores anyway
(in other words: we don't add any new dependencies).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is no reasonably robust way (this will be needed so early that
diagnostics will be limited) to specify the base-address of the secure
timer through the DTS for TPL and SPL. In order to allow us a cleaner
way to structure our SPL and TPL stage, we now move to a DM timer
driver.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds a device-model driver for the timer block in the RK3368 (and
similar devices that share the same timer block, such as the RK3288) for
the down-counting (i.e. non-secure) timers.
This allows us to configure U-Boot for the RK3368 in such a way that
we can run with the secure timer inaccessible or uninitialised (note
that the ARMv8 generic timer does not count, if the secure timer is
not enabled).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To fully support DM timer in SPL and TPL, we need a few things cleaned
up and normalised:
- inclusion of the uclass and drivers should be an all-or-nothing
decision for each stage and under control of $(SPL_TPL_)TIMER
instead of having the two-level configuration with TIMER and
$(SPL_TPL_)TIMER_SUPPORT
- when $(SPL_TPL_)TIMER is enabled, the ARMv8 generic timer code can
not be compiled in
This normalises configuration to $(SPL_TPL_)TIMER and moves the config
options to drivers/timer/Kconfig (and cleans up the collateral damage
to some defconfigs that had SPL_TIMER_SUPPORT enabled).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The timer-uclass depends on full OF_CONTROL through its interrogation
of /chosen and the code to determine the clock-frequency.
For the OF_PLATDATA case, these code-paths are disabled and it becomes
the timer driver's responsibility to correctly set the clock-frequency
in the uclass priv-data.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Splitting the feature selection for SPL and TPL, caused a few build
failures to mpx85xx boards. This fixes the fallout by adding the
needed new option names to the respective defconfig files.
Signed-off-byL Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The ITS file generated warnings due to @<num> designations in the naming
which cause DTC to complain as follows:
Warning (unit_address_vs_reg): Node /images/uboot@1 has a unit name, but no reg property
Warning (unit_address_vs_reg): Node /images/atf@1 has a unit name, but no reg property
Warning (unit_address_vs_reg): Node /images/pmu@1 has a unit name, but no reg property
Warning (unit_address_vs_reg): Node /images/fdt@1 has a unit name, but no reg property
Warning (unit_address_vs_reg): Node /configurations/conf@1 has a unit name, but no reg property
This removes the @<num> part from the names, as we only have a single
image for each payload aspect (and only a single configuration) anyway.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We can finally drop TPL_STACK, TPL_TEXT_BASE and TPL_MAX_SIZE off the
whitelist (this time it's really happening!) and migrate the setting
(only used on the RK3368-uQ7 so far) into Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The RK3368 needs to have a different base-address and stack-pointer
for its TPL stage. Now that we want to do this via Kconfig, we need
to tick the appropriate 'TPL_NEEDS_...' boxes.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that TPL_STACK has been moved off the whitelist (ok, I'm lying:
the 'moving off the whitelist' part comes in once moveconfig
runs... which will be a few commits down the line) and added to
Kconfig, we need to test CONFIG_TPL_NEEDS_SEPARATE_STACK to see
whether the value from TPL_STACK should be used or whether we try to
inherit whatever SPL uses.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Let's clean up behind ourselves and move the (newly defined)
TPL_STACK, TPL_MAX_SIZE and TPL_TEXT_BASE into Kconfig. Given that
0x0 might be considered to be valid values for TPL_TEXT_BASE and
TPL_STACK, we need to introduce helper config options
("TPL_NEEDS_SEPARATE_...") to indicate that these symbols are used
(and not inherited from their SPL variants) for any given
target-platform.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that we have split up SPL_LDSCRIPT into a SPL and TPL variant and
have started to use the TPL-variant for the RK3368, it's time to clean
up behind ourselves: move both variants into Kconfig and remove them
from the whitelist.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The RK3368-uQ7 (codenamed 'Lion') is a micro-Qseven (40mm x 70mm,
MXM-230 edge connector compatible with the Qseven specification)
form-factor system-on-module based on the octo-core Rockchip RK3368.
It is designed, supported and manufactured by Theobroma Systems.
It provides the following features:
- 8x Cortex-A53 (in 2 clusters of 4 cores each)
- (on-module) up to 4GB of DDR3 memory
- (on-module) SPI-NOR flash
- (on-module) eMMC
- Gigabit Ethernet (with an on-module KSZ9031 PHY)
- USB
- HDMI
- MIPI-DSI/single-channel LVDS (muxed on the 'LVDS-A' pin-group)
- various 'slow' interfaces (e.g. UART, SPI, I2C, I2S, ...)
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For the RK3368, we can reuse the SPI driver (although we'll have to
eventually investigate whether it can be merged with the
designware_spi.c driver) also used for the RK3288 and RK3399.
This adds the necessary compatible string to support the RK3368.
Note that the assumption that GPLL will be clocked at 594MHz is not
true for the RK3368, but this will not lead to incorrect functioning
(just to a lower-than-expected SPI operating frequency): this has been
documented in the driver, so it doesn't cause any headaches when
someone next needs to touch the clock code of this driver.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With SPL and TPL support for the RK3368 in place, mark SPL and TPL as
supported from Kconfig for the RK3368. As this is primarily tested on
the RK3368-uQ7, we'll leave it to board's individual defconfig to
enable.
Also enable DEBUG_UART_BOARD_INIT for the RK3368, so we get output
during the early boot-up, as we turn on TPL and SPL.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Adds SPL support for the RK3368 (assuming that our TPL stage has
initialised DRAM and set up the memory firewall).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In order to reuse the support for the u-boot,spl-boot-order property
from the rk3399, we split it into a reusable module that can be
included by the SPL code for any of our boards.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For full SPL support, including DRAM initialisation, we need a few
nodes from the DTS: this commit adds the DMC (DRAM controller) node,
the service_msch (memory scheduler) node and marks GRF, PMUGRF and CRU
as 'u-boot,dm-pre-reloc'. In addition to this, we also include the
dt-binding for the DMC to allow DTS files including this DTSI to refer
to the symbolic constants for the DDR3 bin and for the
memory-schedule.
Note that the DMC contains both the memory regions for the
(Designware) protocol controller as well as the DDR PHY.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds a DRAM controller driver for the RK3368 and places it in
drivers/ram/rockchip (where the other DM-enabled DRAM controller
drivers for rockchip devices should also be moved eventually).
At this stage, only the following feature-set is supported:
- DDR3
- 32-bit configuration (i.e. fully populated)
- dual-rank (i.e. no auto-detection of ranks)
- DDR3-1600K speed-bin
This driver expects to run from a TPL stage that will later return to
the RK3368 BROM. It communicates with later stages through the
os_reg2 in the pmugrf (i.e. using the same mechanism as Rockchip's DDR
init code).
Unlike other DMC drivers for RK32xx and RK33xx parts, the required
timings are calculated within the driver based on a target frequency
and a DDR3 speed-bin (only the DDR3-1600K speed-bin is support at this
time).
The RK3368 also has the DDRC0_CON0 (DDR ch. 0, control-register 0)
register for controlling the operation of its (single-channel) DRAM
controller in the GRF block. This provides for selecting DDR3, mobile
DDR modes, and control low-power operation.
As part of this change, DDRC0_CON0 is also added to the GRF structure
definition (at offset 0x600).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Handling TPL and SPL in the Makefile for mach-rockchip was based on
nested if checks and/or if-else-if paths. This can be simplified and
made more readable by using $(SPL_TPL_) and by introducing
intermediate variables for the aggregation of SPL and TPL features.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The GMAC in the RK3368 once again is identical to the incarnation in
the RK3288 and the RK3399, except for where some of the configuration
and control registers are located in the GRF.
This adds the RK3368-specific logic necessary to reuse this driver.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
As SPI support may be useful in the boot-flow, this adds support for
configuring the SPI controller's clocks in the RK3368 clock driver.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the clock support in rk3368_clk_set_rate() conditionalized on
various feature definitions, 'priv' can remain unused (e.g. in the
SPL build when only MMC is enabled).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To enable the GMAC on the RK3368, we need to set up the clocking
appropriately to generate a tx_clk for the MAC.
This adds an implementation that implements the use of the <&ext_gmac>
clock (i.e. an external 125MHz clock for RGMII provided by the PHY).
This is the clock setup used by the boards currently supported by
U-Boot (i.e. Geekbox, Sheep and RK3368-uQ7).
This includes the change from commit
- rockchip: clk: rk3368: define GMAC_MUX_SEL_EXTCLK
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As part of the DRAM initialisation process (running as part of the TPL
stage) on the RK3368, we need to set up the DRAM PLL.
This implements support for configuring the PLL to for 1200, 1332 or
1600 MHz (i.e. for DDR3-1200, DDR3-1333, DDR3-1600 operating modes).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The original clock support for MMC/SD cards on the RK3368 suffered
from a tendency to select a divider less-or-equal to the the one
giving the requested clock-rate: this can lead to higher-than-expected
(or rather: higher than supported) clock rates for the MMC/SD
communiction.
This change rewrites the MMC/SD clock generation to:
* always generate a clock less-than-or-equal to the requested clock
* support reparenting among the CPLL, GPLL and OSC24M parents to
generate the highest clock that does not exceed the requested rate
In addition to this, the Linux DTS uses HCLK_MMC/HCLK_SDMMC instead of
SCLK_MMC/SCLK_SDMMC: to match this (and to ensure that clock setup
always works), we adjust the driver appropriately.
This includes the changes from:
- rockchip: clk: rk3368: convert MMC_PLL_SEL_* definitions to shifted-value form
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On he RK3368, we need to temporarily disable security on the DMA
engines during TPL and SPL to allow the MMC host to DMA into DRAM. To
do so, we need to reset the two DMA engines, which in turn requires
the DMA1_SRST_REQ and DMA2_SRST_REQ constants to refer to the
appropriate bits in the CRU.
As the ATF correctly initialises security (and only leaves EL3 after
doing so), this can not pose a security issue.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To implement a TPL stage (incl. its DRAM controller setup) for the
RK3368, we'll want to configure the DPLL (DRAM PLL).
This commit implements setting the DPLL (CLK_DDR) and provides PLL
configuration details for the common DRAM operating speeds found on
RK3368 boards.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The RK3368 has a somewhat temperamental BootROM (which I learned the
hard way) when it comes to reconfiguring the CPLL and GPLL (in fact,
experiments show that changing the GPLL broke things for me, while
changing the CPLL seems to be more benign). These should not be
modified by the SPL stage, if we intend to return to the BootROM for
chain booting the next stage.
This commit changes the clock initialisation to not change CPLL/GPLL
before returning to the BootROM (i.e. in TPL). As it's safe to change
these settings if we no longer intend to return to U-Boot, we'll run
the full PLL setup a little later (i.e. in SPL).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the RK3368's limited TPL size, we'll want to use OF_PLATFDATA for
the SPL stage. This implements support for OF_PLATDATA in the clock
driver for the RK3368.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The RK3368 TRM recommends to configure the bandwith adjustment (CON2)
for PLLs to NF/2. This implements this for all reconfigurations of
PLLs and removes the 'has_bwadj' flag (as the RK3368 always has the
bandwidth-adjustment feature according to its manual).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To implement pinctrl support for the RK3368, we need to add the
bit-definitions to configure the IOMUX and tie these into the
pinctrl framework. This also adds the mapping from the IRQ# back
onto the periheral id for the SPI devices.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is no real reason to keep the bit-definitions for the IOMUX in
the grf header file (which defines the register layout of the GRF block):
these should only be used by our pinctrl driver (with the possible
exception of early debug-init code in TPL/SPL).
This moves the relevant definitions from the grf_rk3368.h header
into the pinctrl driver pinctrl_rk3368.c.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The RK3368 has two SD/MMC controllers that can be used from U-Boot
both during SPL and for booting an OS from the full bootloader stage.
While both are configured to (mostly) sensible settings from the BROM,
additional configuration for the MMC controller is needed to configure
it to 8bit mode.
This adds pinctrl support for the MMC controller.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To add GMAC (Gigabit Ethernet) support (limited to RGMII only at this
point), we need support for additional pin-configuration. This commit
adds the pinctrl support for GMAC in RGMII mode:
* adds a PERIPH_ID_GMAC and the mapping from IRQ number to PERIPH_ID
* configures the RGMII pins
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We will to drop device security temporarily (until the ATF initialises
it fully) from the TPL/SPL stage: this requires access to some
registers in the SGRF.
This adds the sgrf node to the rk3368.dtsi, so we can then bind a
syscon device onto it and access its memory ranges.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The RK3368 GRF header was still defines with a shifted-mask but with
non-shifted function selectors for the IOMUX defines. As the RK3368
support is still fresh enough to allow a quick change, we do this now
before having more code use this.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
In TPL we will need to configure security in the SGRF of the RK3368.
This change adds support for the SGRF as a syscon device, so we can
retrieve its address range through the syscon API in TPL (and can
avoid having to hard-code the address).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The RK3368 has both a limited TPL size (just 0x7000 bytes) and the
added challenge of booting in AArch64, which increases the code size
for TPL (particularily when using the LP64 programming model). For
this reason we expect the RK3368 to always use OF_PLATDATA for its
TPL stage.
This change adds support for the MSCH, PMUGRF and GRF register regions
in syscon, which are necessary for initialising the RK3368's DRAM
controller.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For the RK3368, we use a multi-stage boot-process consisting of the
following:
1. TPL: initalises DRAM, returns to boot-ROM (which then loads
the next stage and transfers control to it)
2. SPL: a full-features SPL stage including OF_CONTROL and FIT
image loading, which fetches the ATF, DTB and full U-Boot
and then transfers control to the ATF (using the BL31
parameter block to indicate the location of BL33/U-Boot)
3. ATF: sets up the secure world and exits to BL33 (i.e. a full
U-Boot) in the normal world
4. full U-Boot
TPL/SPL and the full U-Boot are built from this tree and need to
run from distinct text addresses and with distinct initial stack
pointer addresses.
This commit sets up the configuration to run:
- TPL from the SRAM at 0xff8c0000 (note that the first 0x1000
are reserved for use by the boot-ROM and contain the SP
when the TPL is entered)
- SPL from DRAM at 0x0
- U-Boot from DRAM at 0x200000
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The BootROM of the RK3368 Boot ROM does not initialise cntfrq_el0.
This change defines COUNTER_FREQUENCY, which is used by the AArch64 init
code in arch/arm/cpu/armv8/start.S to set up cntfrq_el0.
If the counter-frequency is not correctly set up, the calculation of
delays using the ARMv8 generic timer can not work correctly.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On the RK3368 we use a TPL-stage similar to Rockchip's DDR init
(i.e. it initialises DRAM, leaves some info for the next stage and
returns to the BootROM). To allow compatibility with Rockchip's DDR
init code, we use the same register os_reg2 in pmugrf for passing
this info (i.e. DRAM size and configuration) between stages.
This change adds the definitions for os_reg[0] through os_reg[3] to
the pmugrf structure for the RK3368.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The RK3368 option in Kconfig referred to the RK3328 (copy-and-paste)
and had a few typos and unnecessarily used UTF-8 characters. While
fixing this, I also reformatted and further clarified the text
(e.g. made the grouping into a a big and little cluster of 4 cores
each explicit).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The utility functions in sdram_common.c will be useful both for some
SPL implementations (and if unused, the linked will discard these
anyway) and for the full U-Boot stage.
This changes selects sdram_common.o through the $(SPL_TPL_) macro to
allow better control of its inclusion through the CONFIG_ROM,
CONFIG_SPL_RAM or CONFIG_TPL_RAM options.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To simplify drivers/Makefile a bit when using TPL/SPL, we consistently
use the $(SPL_TPL_) macro to test for drivers that have separate
configuration symbols for the full U-boot, SPL and TPL stages.
Instead of explicitly repeating them in two separate if-guarded
sections of the Makefile, we can now simply list these options once.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This adds the TPL_DRIVER_MISC_SUPPORT option to allow activation of
DRIVER_MISC_SUPPORT for devices that need it in the TPL stage.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
To allow for a finer-grained control of features for TPL and SPL
builds all modules/boot-methods/etc. need to be consistently selected
based on the $(SPL_TPL_) macros.
This allows splitting the associated config-options in Kconfig: we
don't split the Kconfig options here and now, as this should happen on
an as-needed basis, whenever someone needs a feature/boot-method/etc.
in their TPL.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This splits the compilation of code modules for TPL and SPL for
OF_CONTROL (and related) features between TPL and SPL. The typical
use-case of this is a TPL stage that uses OF_PLATDATA at TPL and
provides full OF_CONTROL at SPL (e.g. on the RK3368).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As include/malloc.h already checks for SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE using the
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED macro, we need to move to having separate entries
as we switch to fully separate configuration for SPL and TPL.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For the bringup of the RK3368, we need to support TPL and SPL running
from different addresses... which requires both stages to use a
distinct TEXT_BASE.
This commit adds support for having a separate LDSCRIPT for TPL (which
is expected to make use of the TPL_MAX_SIZE define) and for having a
the option of defining TPL_TEXT_BASE and having the TPL stage linked
against this address.
Note that the handling of the TEXT_BASE is designed to not interfere
with the previous assumption that SPL_TEXT_BASE should be used for TPL
as well, unless TPL_TEXT_BASE is defined. For this reason, the test
in Makefile.spl uses the following (seemingly redundant checks):
1. looks for $(SPL_TPL_)TEXT_BASE
2. looks for SPL_TEXT_BASE (even when building in TPL)
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To allow a TPL and SPL to run from different addresses/memories, we
need to split setup of the TPL and SPL stacks. To do so, we introduce
CONFIG_TPL_STACK (not listed in Kconfig) which can be used to override
the initial stack pointer for TPL.
To provide backward compatibility for existing boards, this is added
as an optional configuration item and the normal search order (i.e.
SPL_STACK, then SYS_STACK) apply if not defined.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
TPL builds today don't need to call into firmware or set up the MMU
(if this changes, it should be controlled through a config option
whether to include this or not), but include the needed support code
for this anyway. By moving these unused low-level functions into
seperate function-sections, the linker can garbage-collect the unused
sections.
Note that (if DM support is enabled), there will be a call to the
cache-flushing code from alloc_priv(...) in drivers/core/device.c.
This then add 52 bytes of binary size (an increase from 20589 to 20641
bytes) compared to completely removing this code.
Even for a feature-rich TPL (including DM support as for the RK3368),
this equates to a size difference of significantly more than 10% in
TPL binary size.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Even though there's now a TPL_DM configuration option, the spl logic
still checks for SPL_DM and thus does not pick up the proper config
option.
This introduces the use of CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(DM) in spl.c to always
pick up the desired configuration option instead of having a
hard-coded check for the SPL variant.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For the RK3368, we want to use OF_PLATDATA in TPL, but full OF_CONTROL
in SPL: this requires the introduction of a new family of
configuration options to decouple SPL_OF_CONTROL and SPL_OF_PLATDATA
from TPL.
Consequently, Makefile.spl needs to be adjusted to test for these
configuration items through the $(SPL_TPL_) macro instead of
hard-coding the SPL variant.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This change introduces TPL variants of the REGMAP and SYSCON config
options (i.e. TPL_REGMAP and TPL_SYSCON in analogy to SPL_REGMAP and
SPL_SYSCON) in preparation of a finer-grained feature selection for
building feature-rich TPL variants.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
SPL_REGMAP and SPL_SYSCON were marked as depending on DM, when a
stricter dependency of SPL_DM was possible. This commit makes the
prereq more specific.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
TPL_NAND_SUPPORT, TPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT, TPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT and
TPL_SPI_SUPPORT refer to SPL in their help text. This fixes up
the description to correctly reference TPL.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The (upstream) changes to break up SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN for the full
U-Boot and the SPL stage, break TPL (if simple malloc is enabled in
TPL).
This adds support for a TPL-variant of SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN:
- adds TPL_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
- rewrites a test for CONFIG_SPL_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN to access
CONFIG_VAL(SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN)
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the finer-grained control over LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT for TPL/SPL (i.e.
with the newly introduced distinction between TPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT and
SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT), we can simplify the #ifdef-check to simply use
CONFIG_IS_ENABELD.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
[fixed up to use 'puts' and LIBCOMMON:]
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The back-to-bootrom option is rather unfortunately named
CONFIG_ROCKCHIP_SPL_BACK_TO_BOOTROM
instead of
CONFIG_SPL_ROCKCHIP_BACK_TO_BOOTROM
To make is selectable through CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(ROCKCHIP_BACK_TO_BOOTROM),
we need to rename it. At the same time, we introduce a TPL_ variant of
the option to give us finer-grained control over when it should be used.
This change is motivated by our RK3368 boot process, which returns to
the boot ROM only from the TPL stage, but not from the SPL stage.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
[added fix-up for evb-rk3229_defconfig and phycore-rk3288_defconfig:]
[fixed inverted CONFIG_IS_ENABLED test for rk3288:]
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
include/configs/rock.h: undef
The back-to-bootrom support for Rockchip is equivalent to an
(assembly) implementation of setjmp/longjmp (i.e. it saves the
stack-pointer, link-register and callee-saved registers). Up until
now, this had only been implemented for AArch32 (i.e. ARMv7 or older),
which puts the new ARMv8 devices (which boot in AArch64 mode) at a
slight disadvantage.
To allow use of the 'back-to-bootrom' feature on new devices (e.g. the
RK3368), this commit adds an implementation for AArch64.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
On the RK3368, we want our TPL to use the 'return to bootrom' boot
method (to have the bootrom load up the SPL stage) and then continue
with different boot methods (MMC, SPI, etc.) from SPL.
This adds the config option needed to control the availabily of the
'return to bootrom' boot-method separately for the TPL stage.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Some devices (e.g. the RK3368) have only limited SRAM, but provide
support for loading the next boot stage after our SPL performs basic
setup (e.g. DRAM).
For target systems like these, we add a boot device BOOTROM that will
invoke a board-specific hook to return to the bootrom (if supported).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The OMAP3_SPI driver can work with or without DM_SPI. Moving this
outside of the #if DM_SPI section allows us to include it on boards
that don't support DM_SPI yet.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
((readl(&emif4_base->sdram_iodft_tlgc) & (1<<10)) == 0x01)
is always false.
This does not match the comment
/*Wait till that bit clears*/
The problem was indicated by cppcheck.
I do not have the hardware to test if the code change below
leads to a correct system behavior.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 00bbe96eba ("arm: omap: Unify get_device_type() function")
The control status register value is embedded in a structure somewhere
in SRAM, with the last refactoring effort. This patch allows OMAP3 EVM
(TMDSEVM3530) to boot again using the known control register base and
offset for 'readl', for the OMAP34XX case.
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
[trini: Change to if/else, add comment about it.]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_NAND
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
[trini: Sync up a few more, add imply's]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We should use constant EFI_PAGE_SIZE instead of 4096 where the
coding relies on 4096 being EFI_PAGE_SIZE.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
We should be consistent in the way we calculate page sizes.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This patch brings the OMAP3 EVM to a bootable state, on master, as of
v2017.09-rc1.
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_CMD_SPL
Note that trats does not actually use SPL, so this option can no-longer be
set.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_CMD_SCSI
Also update the Makefile to use CONFIG_CMD_SCSI instead of CONFIG_SCSI to
enable the command, fixing an earlier error.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
[trini: Rework to default y if SCSI, drop cl-som-am57x which did not use
CMD_SCSI for real]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Convert this option and enable it in sandbox. Also correct a bug which
was introduced with the block-device driver model conversion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
This command is not used by any board. It also looks quite similar to the
'iod' and 'iow' commands which use the correct I/O macros.
Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
This option enables the 'pci enum' command. It is only enabled by a few
board and these have not yet been converted to driver model, which always
enables this command. It seems easiest to just remove this option.
The affected boards can be converted to use driver model for PCI if
needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
It does not seem worth having an option to enable another sub-command in
this legacy driver. Drop this option so that the sub-command is always
available.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Synced ohci0 and ehci0 nodes from Linux for sun50i-a64.dtsi
Here is the Linux last merge tag details:
Merge: 0e91f43d e5770b7
Author: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Date: Fri Jun 9 14:59:55 2017 +1000
Merge remote-tracking branch 'staging/staging-next'
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Traditional KS2 devices supported NAND via the AEMIF peripheral. However,
66AK2G doesn't use the AEMIF but rather the GPMC for NAND. Therefore,
clarify some statements to indicate only certain devices have AEMIF and
in other places just say NAND instead of AEMIF NAND
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Acked-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@ti.com>
commit f1896c45cb: spl: make SPL and normal u-boot stage use independent SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
introduced independent SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN for SPL and U-Boot.
Use it on the smartweb board, as above commit broke
the smartweb board.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The 512 MB DDR version of SOM's use CS0 and CS1. CS1 is not correctly
setup in the pin muxing. This causes erratic behavior on suspend/resume
This fix has been tested on both 256 and 512 MB DDR versions.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The 'tests' target will run sandbox, sandbox_spl and sandbox_flattree in
test.py and in the case of sandbox_spl ensure that we just run the
specific tests for that build. Update our matrix to perform similar
test.py runs.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
uclass_first_device() returns 0 if there is no device, but error if
there is a device that failed to probe.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The Ethernet function is enabled in the Orange Pi PC2 device tree and
defconfig, however, CONFIG_MACPWR is not properly set, which left the
PHY being disabled when booting, which makes the Ethernet function not
usable.
Add the proper value of this option in the PC2 defconfig.
Fixes: e7bd15ea15 ("sunxi: Add OrangePi PC 2 initial support")
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Acked-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
The PRCM of H3/H5 SoCs have a secure/non-secure switch, which controls
the access to some clock/power related registers in PRCM.
Current Linux kernel will access the CPUS (AR100) clock in the PRCM
block, so the PRCM should be switched to non-secure.
Add code to switch the PRCM to non-secure.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Tested-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Some new Allwinner SoCs' PRCM has a secure switch register, which
controls the access to some clock and power registers in PRCM block.
Add the definition of this register and its bits in the PRCM header
file.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Tested-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Using `fel-boot-lima-memtester-on-orange-pi-pc 672` on an Orange Pi
without heatsink results in the following error after a few minutes:
WRITE FAILURE: 0x00200000 != 0xffdfffff at offset 0x0137f47c (bitflip).
Also, the constructor repository (github/orangepi-xunlong) seems to
contain that 624 Mhz clock speed in its u-boot fork. It may be that 672
Mhz is the advertized overclocked speed.
According to http://linux-sunxi.org/Orange_Pi_PC#DRAM_clock_speed_limit
it may be worth decreasing that value with other Orange Pi boards.
See also e7d6aa0b74.
Signed-off-by: Clément Bœsch <u@pkh.me>
[Add s-o-b line]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
The node name for the power seq pin is mmc2@0 like the mmc2_pins_a one.
This makes the original node (mmc2_pins_a) scrapped out of the dtb and
result in a unusable eMMC if U-Boot didn't configured the pins to the
correct functions.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Vadot <manu@bidouilliste.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: Olliver Schinagl <oliver@schinagl.nl>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Spotted this debugging OpenBSD's bootloader in qemu. (Wouldn't really
fix anything, the problem was not having any disks, but we should
probably return the correct error code.)
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
efi_locate_handle is called internally so it should not be
marked as EFIAPI.
The external function is efi_locate_handle_ext.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Allow sending restart conditions upon direction change as this is
required by some chips.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denxx.de>
TX drain in transmit procedure could cause issues due
to race between drain procedure and transmition of descriptor
between AGGR TXQ and physical TXQ.
TXQ will be cleared before moving to Linux by stop procedure.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Tested-by: iSoC Platform CI <ykjenk@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Nadav Haklai <nadavh@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Remove IRQ configuration from U-Boot PP driver.
U-Boot don't use interrupts and configuration of IRQ in U-Boot
caused crashes in Linux shared interrupt mode.
Also interrupt use is redundant in RX routine since a single RX
queue is used.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Tested-by: iSoC Platform CI <ykjenk@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Nadav Haklai <nadavh@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
U-boot use single physical tx queue with size 16 descriptors.
So aggregated tx queue size should be equal to physical tx queue
and cpu descriptor chunk(number of descriptors delivered from
physical tx queue to aggregated tx queue by one chunk) shouldn't be
larger than physical tx queue.
Fix:
Set AGGR_TXQ and CPU_DESC_CHUNK to be 16 descriptors, same as
physical TXQ.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Tested-by: iSoC Platform CI <ykjenk@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Nadav Haklai <nadavh@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Issue:
BM counters were overrun by probe that called per Network interface and
caused release of wrong number of buffers during remove procedure.
Fix:
Use probe_done and num_ports to call init and remove procedure
once per communication controller.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Tested-by: iSoC Platform CI <ykjenk@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch enables padding of packets shorter than 64B in TX(set by default).
Disabling of padding causes crashes on MACCIATO board.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Tested-by: iSoC Platform CI <ykjenk@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
A8K marvell SoC has two South Bridge communication controllers(CP0 and CP1).
Each communication controller has packet processor ports and MDIO.
On MACHIATOBin board ports from CP1 are connected to mdio on CP0.
Issue:
Wrong base address is assigned to MDIO interface during probe.
Fix:
Get MDIO address from PHY handler parent base address.
This should be refined in the future when MDIO driver is implemented.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Tested-by: iSoC Platform CI <ykjenk@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch add GPIO configuration support in mvpp2x driver.
Driver will handle 10G SFP gpio reset and SFP TX disable. GPIO pins should
be set in device tree.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Tested-by: iSoC Platform CI <ykjenk@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Kostya Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The implementation of function set_pcie_ns_access() uses a wrong
argument. The structure array ns_dev has a member 'ind' which is
initialized by CSU_CSLX_*. It should use the 'ind' directly to
address the PCIe's CSL register (CSL_base + CSU_CSLX_PCIE*).
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
[YS: Revise commit message]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
IFC and QSPI are muxed on board. Add fsl_fdt_fixup_flash() to disable
IFC node in dts if QSPI is enabled, or disable QSPI node in dts if
otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Santan Kumar <santan.kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
[YS: Revise commit message]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
We shouldn't always change the status to okay. There could be
situations that the esdhc is intentionally disabled in the device
tree.
Signed-off-by: Li Yang <leoyang.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This bug is brought by the commit 3d8553f0a3 (pci: layerscape: add
LS2088A series SoC pcie support), which only updated cfg_res.start
and did not update the .end field. This causes fdt_resource_size()
getting wrong value when calculate the cfg1 space address.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
[YS: Revise subject and commit message]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Function enable_layerscape_ns_access() is alreayd called soc-wide.
Remove duplicated calling from individual boards.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
[YS: Add commit message]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
It is derived from Platform clock instead of Platform PLL frequency.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Function config_board_mux() reads env variable 'hwconfig' which is
only available after relocation for QSPI boot. Move calling
config_board_mux() to misc_init_r().
Signed-off-by: Santan Kumar <santan.kumar@nxp.com>
[YS: Revise commit message]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Smart voltage translator is removed from LS2080ARDB/LS2088ARDB
RevF boards. It is only used on LS2081ARDB. Programming GPIO
is only required for LS2081ARDB.
Signed-off-by: Santan Kumar <santan.kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
[YS: Revise commit message]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Update the default core frequency to 1800MHZ for best performance under
SD boot and eMMC boot.
Signed-off-by: Gong Qianyu <Qianyu.Gong@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Commit 4483b7eb added variable vqmmc_dev but only uses it under
CONFIG_DM_REGULATOR. Add the same macro to variable declaration to
get rid of compiling warning.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
The driver is for all boards 24XX and up, so let's eliminate the
extra option called CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP34XX since the driver checks
for CONFIG_OMAP34XX we don't need CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP34XX.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add missing probe function to the device driver to active a device.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This patch adds the common header include file theadorable-x86-common.h
for the theadorable-x86 targets to define all common options and the
default environment.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This patch adds the infrastructure to define different config headers
with different configurations and default environment for the baseboards
that can now be selected via Kconfig. The new configuration for the
theadorable-x86-conga-qa3-e3845 is also added. Also the new defconfig
file for this new target is added.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This patch adds the infrastructure to define different config headers
with different configurations and default environment for the baseboards
that can now be selected via Kconfig. The new configuration for the
theadorable-x86-dfi-bt700 is also added.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION is not set, the following build error is
seen in arch/x86/lib/acpi_s3.c:
error: expected declaration specifiers or '...' before '*' token
static void asmlinkage (*acpi_do_wakeup)(void *vector) = (void*)WAKEUP_BASE;
This is actually caused by missing asmlinkage declaration, but with
CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION on, the declaration comes from part.h which
is included from common.h.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This is defined twice in the same file, with the same value, likely
because of some patch merge issue. Pick the uglier one and nuke it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The I2C reading in the PEX vs SATA detection code often fails on the
first try. Try three times, as the code for EEPROM reading does.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Neither new design uses ISA bus, nor does any U-Boot codes use these
codes. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds support for Macronix flash MX25U6435F (device ID 0xc22537).
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Added the AFE (Analog Front End) settings for stability to the
Broadcom Cygnus phy. This improves the time take to perform
auto negotiation.
Signed-off-by: Arun Parameswaran <arun.parameswaran@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
These boards will now use the ksz90x1 driver instead of the mess in
ksz8xxx. This change is needed before the two drivers can be fully
separated.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <alex.g@adaptrum.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The KS8721BL and KSZ9021 PHYs are software-incompatible, yet they
share the same ID. Drivers for bothe PHYs cannot safely coexist, so
the solution was to use #ifdefs to select between the two drivers.
As a result KSZ9031, which has a unique ID, is now caught in the
crossfire. Unless CONFIG_PHY_MICREL_KSZ9031 is defined, the KSZ9031
will not function properly, as some essential configuration code is
ifdef'd-out.
To prevent such situations, move the KSZ9000 drivers to a separate
file, and place them under a separate Kconfig option. While it is
possible to enable both KSZ8000 and KSZ9000 drivers at the same time,
the assumption is that it is highly unlikely for a system to contain
both a KSZ8000 and a KSZ9000 PHY, and that only one of the drivers
will be enabled at any given time.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <alex.g@adaptrum.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
For strncpy() select a minimal string length of destination and source
strings, here DEFAULT_NAME_LEN is preferable to MAX_LEN.
Due to the NUL-terminated contents of default_string the change is
a noop, however it removes a compilation warning if SH2/3/4 platform
specific strncpy() function is used:
In file included from include/linux/string.h:21:0,
from include/common.h:28,
from net/tftp.c:9:
net/tftp.c: In function 'tftp_start':
arch/sh/include/asm/string.h:52:42: warning: array subscript is above array bounds [-Warray-bounds]
: "0" (__dest), "1" (__src), "r" (__src+__n)
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vz@mleia.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
After upgrading to GCC 7.1, the duplicate const specifies in the
r8152 driver trigger the following build warnings with buildman
(observed on a 'buildman rockchip' test)::
../drivers/usb/eth/r8152.c:62:35: warning: duplicate 'const' declaration specifier [-Wduplicate-decl-specifier]
static const struct r8152_version const r8152_versions[] = {
^~~~~
This commit fixes these by removing the duplicate 'const' specifier
from the declarations.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Previously seeded by obtaining mac addr from env. If mac addr was
never set, rand would output 0. This fix obtains the mac addr
from driver instead.
Signed-off-by: Jimmy Du <jimmy.du@ni.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
To compatible with different rockchip soc, we split the mipi dirver into
common and soc specific parts, and all the soc share the common
functions from common driver part.
Signed-off-by: Eric Gao <eric.gao@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
[agust: fix build breakage and warnings]
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
The environment has pretty much nothing to do with just "PPC", so
rename the macros to just __UBOOT_ENV_SECTION__ which is more
readable.
In addition, only a single macro is needed: the environment now goes
either to the default section (USE_HOSTCC is defined) or in the .text
section.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
CONFIG_SYS_USE_PPCENV is no longer used anywhere. It was used to put
the environment in the special .ppcenv section, but the last
architecture using this section (SuperH) has been changed to not use
it.
Therefore, this commit drops support for CONFIG_SYS_USE_PPCENV
entirely. We only handle two cases:
- We're building the host tool tools/envcrc, in which case the
environment is place with no special section attribute (so it
depends up in .data)
- We're building U-Boot itself, in which case the environnement is
placed in the .text section.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE
The includes, whitelist, etc. were left for now but I don't get any
build errors or warnings on the omap3_logic_defconfig or
am3517_evm_defconfig builds I tried.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Add the dts files to support deivce tree, update the configuration
files to support the device tree and driver model. The peripheral
clock and pins configuration are handled by the clock and the pinctrl
drivers respectively.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the dts files to support deivce tree, update the configuration
files to support the device tree and driver model. The peripheral
clock and pins configuration are handled by the clock and the pinctrl
drivers respectively.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the dts files to support deivce tree, update the configuration
files to support the device tree and driver model. The peripheral
clock and pins configuration are handled by the clock and the pinctrl
drivers respectively.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the dts files to support deivce tree, update the configuration
files to support the device tree and driver model. The peripheral
clock and pins configuration are handled by the clock and the pinctrl
drivers respectively.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the configuration files to support the device tree and driver
model. The peripheral clock and pins configuration are handled by
the clock and the pinctrl drivers respectively.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To support driver model and device tree, use the SPI-flash-based
AT45xxx DataFlash driver, DataFlash is a kind of SPI flash.
Instead of ATMEL_DATAFLASH_SPI DataFlash older driver that will
be removed in the future.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To support driver model and device tree, use the SPI-flash-based
AT45xxx DataFlash driver, DataFlash is a kind of SPI flash.
Instead of ATMEL_DATAFLASH_SPI DataFlash older driver that will
be removed in the future.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To support driver model and device tree, use the SPI-flash-based
AT45xxx DataFlash driver, DataFlash is a kind of SPI flash.
Instead of ATMEL_DATAFLASH_SPI DataFlash older driver that will
be removed in the future.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the dts files to support deivce tree, update the configuration
files to support the device tree and driver model. The peripheral
clock and pins configuration are handled by the clock and the pinctrl
drivers respectively.
Enable the early debug UART to debug problems when an ICE or other
debug mechanism is not available.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Strings read from devices may sometimes fail to be
NULL-terminated. The functions in lib/string.c are subject to
failure in this case. Protect against observed failures in
set_gpt_info() by switching to length-checking variants with a length
limit of the maximum possible partition table length. At the same
time, add a few checks for NULL string pointers.
Here is an example as observed in sandbox under GDB:
=> gpt verify host 0 $partitions
Program received signal SIGSEGV, Segmentation fault.
0x0000000000477747 in strlen (s=0x0) at lib/string.c:267
267 for (sc = s; *sc != '\0'; ++sc)
(gdb) bt
#0 0x0000000000477747 in strlen (s=0x0) at lib/string.c:267
#1 0x00000000004140b2 in set_gpt_info (str_part=<optimized out>,
str_disk_guid=str_disk_guid@entry=0x7fffffffdbe8, partitions=partitions@entry=0x7fffffffdbd8,
parts_count=parts_count@entry=0x7fffffffdbcf "", dev_desc=<optimized out>) at cmd/gpt.c:415
#2 0x00000000004145b9 in gpt_verify (str_part=<optimized out>, blk_dev_desc=0x7fffef09a9d0) at cmd/gpt.c:580
#3 do_gpt (cmdtp=<optimized out>, flag=<optimized out>, argc=<optimized out>, argv=0x7fffef09a8f0)
at cmd/gpt.c:783
#4 0x00000000004295b0 in cmd_call (argv=0x7fffef09a8f0, argc=0x5, flag=<optimized out>,
cmdtp=0x714e20 <_u_boot_list_2_cmd_2_gpt>) at common/command.c:500
#5 cmd_process (flag=<optimized out>, argc=0x5, argv=0x7fffef09a8f0,
repeatable=repeatable@entry=0x726c04 <flag_repeat>, ticks=ticks@entry=0x0) at common/command.c:539
Suggested-by: Lothar Waßmann <LW@karo-electronics.de>
Signed-off-by: Alison Chaiken <alison@peloton-tech.com>
This patch provides support in u-boot for renaming GPT
partitions. The renaming is accomplished via new 'gpt swap'
and 'gpt rename' commands.
The 'swap' mode returns an error if no matching partition names
are found, or if the number of partitions with one name does not equal
the number with the second name. The 'rename' variant always
succeeds as long as a partition with the provided number exists.
Rewriting the partition table has the side-effect that all partitions
end up with "msftdata" flag set. The reason is that partition type
PARTITION_BASIC_DATA_GUID is hard-coded in the gpt_fill_pte()
function. This does not appear to cause any harm.
Signed-off-by: Alison Chaiken <alison@peloton-tech.com>
Make the partition table available for modification by reading it from
the user-specified device into a linked list. Provide an accessor
function for command-line testing.
Signed-off-by: Alison Chaiken <alison@peloton-tech.com>
[trini: Make this depend on CMD_GPT_RENAME, as it is the user of this
code]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In order to read the GPT, modify the partition name strings, and then
write out a new GPT, the disk GUID is needed. While there is an
existing accessor for the partition UUIDs, there is none yet for the
disk GUID.
Changes since v6: none.
Signed-off-by: Alison Chaiken <alison@peloton-tech.com>
Move MAX_SEARCH_PARTITIONS to part.h so that functions in cmd
directory can find it. At the same time, increase the value to
64 since some operating systems use many, and the resources
consumed by a larger value are minimal.
Changes since v6: none.
Signed-off-by: Alison Chaiken <alison@peloton-tech.com>
Make minor changes to README.gpt and sandbox_defconfig to support
testing of the gpt command's functionality in the sandbox.
Changes since v6: none.
Signed-off-by: Alison Chaiken <alison@peloton-tech.com>
The existing partitions-list parsing in cmd/gpt.c passes a value
from gpt_default() to set_gpt_info() that README.gpt suggests
should begin with 'partitions='. Partition-list strings should
in fact begin with 'uuid_disk', as otherwise the call from
set_gpt_info() to extract_val() to find 'uuid_disk' will fail.
Change README.gpt accordingly.
Changes since v6: none.
Signed-off-by: Alison Chaiken <alison@peloton-tech.com>
With the changes to fdt_get_base_address() we need to modify the logic
in ft_verify_fdt() for how we check the validity of the CCSR address.
Tested-on: qemu-ppce500 -M mpc8544ds
Fixes: 336a44877a ("fdt: Correct fdt_get_base_address()")
Cc: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The logic of what fdt_get_base_address() will search for and return has
changed. Rework get_phys_ccsrbar_addr_early() to perform the logic that
fdt_get_base_address used to perform.
Fixes: 336a44877a ("fdt: Correct fdt_get_base_address()")
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
ahci_probe_scsi() now takes a 'base' argument, and there is an API
that prepares base address for us: ahci_probe_scsi_pci().
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Since we now have clock driver on the RCar Gen3 , obtain the clock
configuration using the clock framework functions. In case this
fails, fall back to the original code for pulling the clock config
directly out of OF.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Convert the SH Serial to Kconfig using tools/moveconfig.py tool
and a bit of manual adjustment to cater for failed conversions.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add clock driver for the RCar Gen3 R8A7795 and R8A7796 SoCs .
This driver allows reading out the clock configuration set by
previous boot stages and enabling and disabling clock using
the MSTP registers. Setting clock is not supported thus far.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Import the RCar Gen3 DTS and headers from upstream Linux kernel v4.12-rc6,
commit 6f7da290413ba713f0cdd9ff1a2a9bb129ef4f6c . This includes both M3
and H3 ULCB and Salvator-X boards.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Allow pasting extra long lines into the U-Boot console on RCar Gen3.
This is OK since we have plenty of resources and it's convenient.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add support for Phytec pfla02, equipped with NAND.
CPU: Freescale i.MX6Q rev1.5 996 MHz (running at 792 MHz)
CPU: Automotive temperature grade (-40C to 125C) at 31C
Reset cause: POR
I2C: ready
DRAM: 1 GiB
NAND: 2048 MiB
MMC: FSL_SDHC: 0, FSL_SDHC: 1
SF: Detected n25q128 with page size 256 Bytes, erase size 64 KiB, total
16 MiB
In: serial
Out: serial
Err: serial
Net: FEC [PRIME]
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
Signed-off-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
CC: Stefan Christ <s.christ@phytec.de>
CC: Stefan Müller-Klieser <S.Mueller-Klieser@phytec.de>
CC: Christian Hemp <C.Hemp@phytec.de>
strncat(a, b, c) appends a maximum of c characters plus the 0 byte
to a.
In board_init we first write 4 characters plus 0 byte to version.
So only ZYNQMP_VERSION_SIZE - 5 additional characters fit into
version.
The problem was indicated by cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Modify chip_id() routine such that to handle based on
the current el. Also make it available even if FPGA is
not enabled in system such it can be used always.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch makes chip_id() as a global routine so that
it can be used in other places as required.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch modifies the chip_id routine to get either idcode or
silicon version based on the argument received.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Not using board revision is causing confusion about which board is
supported and tested. Mark dts files exactly with board revision which
was tested. When new board revision arives it can be symlink if SW view
is the same. Also add -revX suffix to compatible string because user space
tools are parsing this string and can change behavior depends of board
revision.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove incorrect code of writing to system timestamp
counter registers. This register writes does nothing
and can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Newer psu_init_gpl.c/h contain clock setup. Detect if
reference clock is active. If yes, skip timer setup.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Mask should start from the first bit - using 0xe is just wrong.
3bits are used that's why 0x7 mask is correct.
This patch is fixing silicon ID code detection. Previous behavior was
that bit0 was completely ignored.
Issue was found on 2eg chip detection.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
There is a need to include psu_init also in mini u-boot configuration
that's why handle psu_init via Kconfig property.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
For some mini platforms there could be a need to include psu_init.
That's why move it to board file instead of spl only file.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch removes ifdef around mmio read and write rotuines
and make them a single routine by checking the current el.
This patch helps to remove ifdef around invoke_smc as well.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
TCM on ZynqMP needs to be intialized in a sequence
and this patch provides a global routine to perform
this as per requirement.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch provides an option to include OCM and TCM memory
into MMU table with corresponding memory attributes.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Dont use local temporary buffer for printing out the
info instead use directly from memroy. This fixes the
issue of stack corruprion due to local buffer overflow.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
These macros and one variable is not used anywhere that's why
they should be removed.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Dont panic incase of mmio write/read failures instead return
error and let the peripheral driver take care of clock get
and set failures.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for CCF, this CCF reads the ref clocks
from dt and checks all the required clock control
registers for its source , divisors and calculates
the clock from them. This supports clock and set
functions.
Panic when read/write fails.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Make reserve_mmu a weak so that it provides an option
to customize this routine as per platform need
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Z-Turn board is a low cost development board based on the
Xilinx Zynq SoC. While it's powerful and quite versatile, it
so far lacked upstream support.
This patch adds basic support for the Z-Turn. It does however
for now miss enablement for MIO51 reset which means that USB
and ethernet don't work. For that either FSBL or SPL need to
be adjusted. The SPL part will follow later.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Distro boot allows devices to boot using standardized boot methods by
default. This can be very handy for distributions that want to run on
different platforms.
This patch moves the zynq platform to use its old, zynq specific boot
method first and then fall back to distro boot. That way supporting
Linux distributions like openSUSE is much easier.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
When using EFI_LOADER, we add a few special sections for runtime code and
data which get relocated on demand when executing a target OS.
These runtime structures need to get annotated properly in the linker script.
While we do that properly in the generic one, we missed out on the zynq
specific linker script.
This patch adds the EFI runtime section annotations into the zynq linker script
so that the efi loader code actually works on that platform.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Enable validation of boot.scr script prior to its execution dependent
on "secureboot" flag in environment. Also enable "secureboot=y"
flag in environment for ARM based platforms instead of bootcmd.
Signed-off-by: Vinitha Pillai <vinitha.pillai@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Include common config_distro_defaults.h and config_distro_bootcmd.h
for u-boot enviroments to support automatical distro boot which
scan boot.scr from external storage devices(e.g. SD/USB/SATA/SCSI disk)
and execute autoboot script. Tested on ls2088ardb with automatically
boot Ubuntu from SD card or USB disk, if it fails to detect external
storage disk, fall back to nor/qspi boot.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Ying-22455 <ying.zhang22455@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Enable validation of boot.scr script prior to its execution dependent
on "secureboot" flag in environment. Disable fall back option to
qspi boot in case of secure boot. Also enable "secureboot=y" flag
in environment for ARM based platforms instead of bootcmd.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Vinitha Pillai <vinitha.pillai@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Enable validation of boot.scr script prior to its execution dependent
on "secureboot" flag in environment. Disable fall back option to
qspi boot in case of secure boot. Also enable "secureboot=y" flag
in environment for ARM based platforms instead of bootcmd.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Vinitha Pillai <vinitha.pillai@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Enable validation of boot.scr script prior to its execution dependent
on "secureboot" flag in environment. Disable fall back option to
nor/qspi boot in case of secure boot. Also enable "secureboot=y"
flag in environment for ARM based platforms instead of bootcmd.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Vinitha Pillai <vinitha.pillai@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Tested on ls1046ardb with automatically boot Ubuntu from SD card or
USB disk, if it fails to detect external storage disk, fall back to
qspi boot.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Gong Qianyu <Qianyu.Gong@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Include common config_distro_defaults.h and config_distro_bootcmd.h
for u-boot enviroments to support automatical distro boot which
scan boot.scr from external storage devices(e.g. SD/USB/SATA/SCSI disk)
and execute autoboot script. Tested on ls1043ardb with automatically
boot Ubuntu from SD card or USB disk, if it fails to detect external
storage disk, fall back to nor/qspi boot.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
As per new memory layout, Update env offset
from 0x200000 to 0x300000
Signed-off-by: Santan Kumar <santan.kumar@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
The duplicate definitions for IH_ARCH_ARM and IH_ARCH_ARM64 are removed.
The definitions in <image.h> are used.
According to this modification, the comparison between os arch and cpu
arch is done in C programming instead of ASM programming.
Signed-off-by: Alison Wang <alison.wang@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Pet the watchdog once upon each command call (qspi_xfer) and during
each loop iteration in several commands.
This fixes a watchdog reset especially during erase command.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Stein <alexander.stein@systec-electronic.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This patch includes common config_distro_defaults.h and
config_distro_bootcmd.h for u-boot enviroments to support distro boot
which automatically scan boot.scr from storage devices(e.g.
SD/USB/SATA/SCSI disk) and execute autoboot script on LS1021ATWR board.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Alison Wang <alison.wang@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
After MMC is converted to DM, convert to use DM SCSI as well for all
x86 boards and imply BLK for both MMC and SCSI drivers.
CONFIG_SCSI_DEV_LIST is no longer used. Clean them up.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert the pci_mmc driver over to driver model and migrate all x86 boards
that use it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: remove DM_MMC from edison_defconfig]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The value of uma_memory_size depends on an undefined value
from the stack. The value of uma_memory_size is changed but
never used.
So simply remove this superfluous code.
The problem was indicated by cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts Intel ICH6 GPIO driver to Kconfig, and add it to the
imply list of platform drivers.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Only a specific type of SPI flash exists on a board, having board
Kconfig to select the SPI flash seems to make more sense. Other
flash types are not necessary except coreboot, which implies all
available flash drivers there.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
QEMU does not support ICH SPI controller yet. It's meaningless to
include SPI flash support.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
U-Boot as coreboot payload can run on any x86 hardware ideally.
Let's imply some common drivers that are useful.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Imply drivers that are working with Ivybridge platform in the
platform Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
BayTrail integrates lots of peripherals that have U-Boot drivers.
Imply those in the platform Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that all x86 boards have been converted to use DM, we can imply
these uclass drivers (DM_ETH, DM_RTC, DM_USB, DM_VIDEO) from the
top level.
Previously DM_GPIO, DM_KEYBOARD, DM_SERIAL, DM_SPI, DM_SPI_FLASH
are selected. Change to use 'imply' to allow them to be removed.
Note with this change, chromebook_link64 build fails:
common/built-in.o:(.data.env_htab+0xc): undefined reference to 'env_flags_validate'
lib/built-in.o: In function `hsearch_r':
lib/hashtable.c:380: undefined reference to 'env_callback_init'
lib/hashtable.c:382: undefined reference to 'env_flags_init'
make[1]: *** [spl/u-boot-spl] Error 1
CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT is required for chromebook_link64 to build
again. This is just a workaround as it is not needed at all. See
commit bda40d5 "x86: qemu: Add a config for 64-bit U-Boot" for
the same issue seen on QEMU 64-bit target.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Platform knows whether MRC cache is implemented, but using it can
be a choice of a specific board.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is architecture-dependent early initialization hence should
be put in the platform Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
arch_misc_init() is intended to do architecture-dependent stuff.
This is required by each platform.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F literally indicates board-specific codes
and should be not 'default y' for all x86 boards.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Intel Management Engine is required by the platform, however it's
not a must have when building a U-Boot image. For example, during
development normally programming ME firmware is a one-time effort.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some firmwares might have another window for generated tables.
So, introduce two configuration options to select start address and
maximum length for the generated tables.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Rename try_msr_calibrate_tsc() to cpu_mhz_from_msr(), as that
better describes what the routine does.
This keeps in sync with Linux kernel commit:
02c0cd2: x86/tsc_msr: Remove irqoff around MSR-based TSC enumeration
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Atom processors use a 19.2 MHz crystal oscillator.
Early processors generate 100 MHz via 19.2 MHz * 26 / 5 = 99.84 MHz.
Later processors generate 100 MHz via 19.2 MHz * 125 / 24 = 100 MHz.
Update the Silvermont-based tables accordingly, matching the Software
Developers Manual.
Also, correct a 166 MHz entry that should have been 116 MHz, and add
a missing 80 MHz entry for VLV2.
This keeps in sync with Linux kernel commit:
05680e7: x86/tsc_msr: Correct Silvermont reference clock values
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some processor abbreviations in the comments of freq_desc_tables[]
are obscure. This updates part of these to mention processors
that are known to us. Also expand frequency definitions.
This keeps in sync with Linux kernel commit:
9e0cae9: x86/tsc_msr: Update comments, expand definitions
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If either ratio or freq is zero, the return value is zero. There
is no need to create a fail branch and return zero there.
This keeps in sync with Linux kernel commit:
14bb4e3: x86/tsc_msr: Remove debugging messages
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
try_msr_calibrate_tsc() is currently Intel-specific, and should not
execute on any other vendor's parts.
This keeps in sync with Linux kernel commit:
ba82683: x86/tsc_msr: Identify Intel-specific code
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently we read the tsc radio like this:
ratio = (MSR_PLATFORM_INFO >> 8) & 0x1f;
Thus we get bit 8-12 of MSR_PLATFORM_INFO, however according to the
Intel manual, the ratio bits are bit 8-15.
Fix this problem by masking 0xff instead.
This keeps in sync with Linux kernel commit:
886123f: x86/tsc: Read all ratio bits from MSR_PLATFORM_INFO
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
64-bit U-Boot image is a combination of 32-bit U-Boot (SPL) plus
64-bit U-Boot (proper). For the U-Boot proper, it has be compiled
to 64-bit object codes. Attempting to use a toolchain to compile
64-bit U-Boot for qemu-x86_64, like kernel.org 4.9 i386-linux-gcc,
fails with the following errors:
arch/x86/cpu/intel_common/microcode.c:79:2: error: PIC register
clobbered by 'ebx' in 'asm'
The issue is because toolchain is preconfigured to generate code
for the 32-bit architecture (i386), and currently '-m64' is missing
in the makefile fragment. Using kernel.org 4.9 x86_64-linux-gcc
works out of the box, since it is preconfigured to generate 64-bit
codes.
When compiling U-Boot SPL, '-m32' is passed to the toolchain, no
mater 32-bit (i386-linux-) or 64-bit (x86_64-linux) the toolchain
is preconfigured to generate.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present U-Boot x86 build is using -mpreferred-stack-boundary=2
which is 4 bytes stack boundary alignment. With 64-bit U-Boot, the
minimal required stack boundary alignment is 16 bytes.
If -mpreferred-stack-boundary is not specified, the default is 4
(16 bytes). Switch to use the default one.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some LDOs have a bypass capability. Make sure that the bypass is disabled
when is the LDO is enabled (otherwise the voltage can't be changed).
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Modify palmas_mmc1_poweron_ldo() API to set the voltage based on the
voltage parameter passed as argument instead of always setting it to
3.0V. This allows MMC1 to set the LDO1 regulator voltage to 3.3V or 1.8V.
1.8V is required to add support for UHS mode.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Move this board over to driver model for MMC and SATA. This means that it
uses CONFIG_BLK as well. In SPL these options remain turned off since it
increases the code size. One option would be to use CONFIG_SPL_OF_PLATDATA
to avoid device-tree overhead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is not used in SPL so we do not need to compile it. Make this change
before adding driver-model support to the driver, to avoid build errors.
With driver model we define a U_BOOT_DRIVER() which would otherwise be
present in SPL and not be garbage-collected when building.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Add a driver-model version of this driver which mostly uses the existing
code. The old code can be removed once all boards are switched over.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function has #ifdefs in it which we want to avoid for driver model.
Instead we should use different compatible strings and the .data field.
It also uses the MMC device number which is not available in driver
model except through aliases.
Move the function's into its caller so that the driver-model version can
do things its own way.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
At present the driver-private data is obtained in various functions by
various means. With driver model this is provided automatically. Without
driver model it comes from a C array declared at the top of the file.
Adjust internal functions so that they are passed the private data as
a parameter, allowing the caller to obtain it using either means.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Use the driver-model naming convention for this structure. It is data
private to the driver so the local variable should be called 'priv'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Use the driver-model naming convention for this structure. It is data
private to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
This is expected to be attached to the uclass and the code operates that
way, but the uclass has not been updated. Fix it to avoid using memory at
address 0.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 47fc61a (dm: ahci: Drop use of probe_ent)
When the SATA code was moved into drivers/ata these Kconfig options were
added to that directory. They already exist in drivers/scsi. Remove them
from drivers/ata to fix the duplication.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 7f2b5f4 (sata: Move drivers into new drivers/ata directory)
This function appears to obtain the value of the 'ranges' property rather
than 'reg'. As such it does not behave as documented or expected.
In addition it picks up the second field of the property which is the size
(with prop += naddr) rather than the first which is the address.
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present if U-Boot proper uses driver model for MMC, then SPL has to
also. While this is desirable, it places a significant barrier to moving
to driver model in some cases. For example, with a space-constrained SPL
it may be necessary to enable CONFIG_SPL_OF_PLATDATA which involves
adjusting some drivers.
Add new SPL versions of the options for DM_MMC, DM_MMC_OPS and BLK. By
default these follow their non-SPL versions, but this can be changed by
boards which need it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the AHCI SCSI driver only supports PCI with driver model.
Rename the existing function to indicate this and add support for adding
a non-PCI controller .
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Migrate all remaining instances of CMD_NAND, CMD_NAND_TRIMFFS
CMD_NAND_LOCK_UNLOCK and CMD_NAND_TORTURE from the headers into the
defconfig files.
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With driver model the serial device is often not called "serial". Mark
driver-model stdio devices so that they can be detected and we can look up
the uclass. This is a more reliable way of finding out whether the console
is connected to a serial device or not.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Put the check for whether a console is a serial device in a function so
that we can share the code in the two places that use it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The image address passed to secure_boot_verify_image() may not be
cacheline aligned, round the address down to the nearest cacheline.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
When we have MMC available we assume that we want to put the env as a
file on FAT.
Cc: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The main uses of CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT are for network support and for
disabling "Falcon Mode" support at run-time. As this build enables
neither, remove this feature.
Cc: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We rename the various FAT_ENV_xxx options to CONFIG_ENV_FAT_xxx so that
they can be modified via Kconfig. Migrate all existing users to the new
values.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
CONFIG_TWL4030_PWM is not being used by any source, so let's remove the #define
and the whitelist entry
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Commit ca9193d2b1 ("efi_loader: gop: fixes for CONFIG_DM_VIDEO without
CONFIG_LCD") dropped the explicit (void*) cast for fb_base in efi gop support
for CONFIG_LCD without DM. This patch adds it back, eliminating the now occuring
warning again
Fixes: ca9193d2b1 ("efi_loader: gop: fixes for CONFIG_DM_VIDEO without CONFIG_LCD")
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Patch queue for efi - 2017-07-29
A lot of EFI greatness this time around. Thanks a lot to the
two amazing new contributors
Heinrich Schuchardt and
Rob Clark
we now gain
- stable objects across multiple bootefi invocations
- fixes for shim
- fixes for ipxe
- protocol installation
- device path conversion to/from text
- working "lsefi" support in grub
- working notifiers
- various bug fixes
Some platforms might require different approach when filling memory
mappings configuration table.
Allow them to override the common method.
At the same time export acpi_create_mcfg_mmconfig().
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
In Baytrail and Quark support code acpi_fill_madt() is identical.
Deduplicate its implementation by moving to lib/acpi_tables.c.
At the same time mark acpi_fill_madt() with __weak attribute to keep a
possibility to override it in platform code
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
ACPI specification defines FADT fields marked as reserved in U-Boot.
Name these fields in accordance with ACPI specification.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
In some cases we would need build date as integer value.
Export U_BOOT_BUILD_DATE as %Y%m%d integer value.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
If ASL compiler failed by any reason do not produce output C file.
Otherwise sequential run of make will shadow the actual error in ASL,
i.e.
CC board/intel/edison/dsdt.o
board/intel/edison/dsdt.c:1:1: error: unterminated comment
/*
and user has to remove dsdt.c and run make in order to see the error again.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Change from EHCI to xHCI on the DFI BayTrail SoM.
The xHCI USB hub is connected to an GPIO on the DFI BayTrail SoM. For
correct operation, it needs to get reset upon power-up. Otherwise it
may happen that the hub is not detected after a software reboot. This
patch also configures this GPIO in the dts for correct operation.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This config option is needed on the congatec x86 BayTrail board, as
otherwise the USB hub will not get initialized correctly. This
patch selects this Kconfig option again.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
To support the Spansion SPI NOR flashes, this patch enables the support in
defconfig. This increases the U-Boot binary too much so that it does
not fit into its area in the ROM. So also move the VIDEO BIOS blob
a bit to make some space here.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add Intel Edison board which is using U-Boot.
The patch is based on work done by the following people (in alphabetical
order):
Aiden Park <aiden.park@intel.com>
Dukjoon Jeon <dukjoon.jeon@intel.com>
eric.park <eric.park@intel.com>
Fabien Chereau <fabien.chereau@intel.com>
Felipe Balbi <felipe.balbi@linux.intel.com>
Scott D Phillips <scott.d.phillips@intel.com>
Sebastien Colleur <sebastienx.colleur@intel.com>
Steve Sakoman <steve.sakoman@intel.com>
Vincent Tinelli <vincent.tinelli@intel.com>
In case we're building for Intel Edison, we must have 4096 bytes of
zeroes in the beginning on u-boot.bin. This is done in
board/intel/edison/config.mk.
First run sets hardware_id environment variable which is read from
System Controller Unit (SCU).
Serial number (serial# environment variable) is generated based on eMMC
CID.
MAC address on USB network interface is unique to the board but kept the
same all over the time.
Set mac address from U-Boot using following scheme:
OUI = 02:00:86
next 3 bytes of MAC address set from eMMC serial number
This allows to have a unique mac address across reboot and flashing.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Tinelli <vincent.tinelli@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <felipe.balbi@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[bmeng: Add MAINTAINERS file for Intel Edison board]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Kbuild complains if USB is not selected before any of host driver.
warning: (X86) selects USB_EHCI_HCD which has unmet direct dependencies (USB)
warning: (X86) selects USB_EHCI_HCD which has unmet direct dependencies (USB)
Select it for X86.
Fixes: 64d6ac5bc4 ("Kconfig: USB: Migrate CONFIG_USB_EHCI_HCD users to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
[bmeng: Update all x86 boards' defconfig files to remove CONFIG_USB]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This should make it easier to see when a callback back to UEFI world
calls back in to the u-boot world, and generally match up EFI_ENTRY()
and EFI_EXIT() calls.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
[agraf: remove static from const var]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Missing an EFI_ENTRY() or doubling up EFI_EXIT() leads to non-obvious
crashes. Let's add some error checking.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
[agraf: fix bogus assert() and fix app_gd breakage]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Move clk_release_all() prototype and definition inside
OF_CONTROL flag to avoid following compilation error for
poplar platform:
aarch64: + poplar
+drivers/usb/host/built-in.o: In function `ehci_usb_remove':
+drivers/usb/host/ehci-generic.c:159: undefined reference to `clk_release_all'
+drivers/usb/host/built-in.o: In function `ehci_usb_probe':
+drivers/usb/host/ehci-generic.c:133: undefined reference to `clk_release_all'
+make[1]: *** [u-boot] Error 139
+make: *** [sub-make] Error 2
Introduced by 4e542c4 clk: add clk_release_all()
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Fix following warnings encountered with platforms
dra7xx_evm and dra7xx_hs_evm :
arm: + dra7xx_evm
+ hccr = (struct xhci_hccr *)devfdt_get_addr(dev);
+ ^
+ hcor = (struct xhci_hcor *)((phys_addr_t)hccr +
+ ^
w+drivers/usb/host/xhci-dwc3.c: In function 'xhci_dwc3_probe':
w+drivers/usb/host/xhci-dwc3.c:124:9: warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size [-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
w+drivers/usb/host/xhci-dwc3.c:125:30: warning: cast from pointer to integer of different size [-Wpointer-to-int-cast]
w+drivers/usb/host/xhci-dwc3.c:125:9: warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size [-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
arm: + dra7xx_hs_evm
+ hccr = (struct xhci_hccr *)devfdt_get_addr(dev);
+ ^
+ hcor = (struct xhci_hcor *)((phys_addr_t)hccr +
+ ^
w+drivers/usb/host/xhci-dwc3.c: In function 'xhci_dwc3_probe':
w+drivers/usb/host/xhci-dwc3.c:124:9: warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size [-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
w+drivers/usb/host/xhci-dwc3.c:125:30: warning: cast from pointer to integer of different size [-Wpointer-to-int-cast]
w+drivers/usb/host/xhci-dwc3.c:125:9: warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size [-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
Introduced by 7e65e84 usb: host: xhci-dwc3: Convert driver to DM
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
This driver is used to stub PHY operations in a driver (USB, SATA).
This is useful when the 'client' driver (USB, SATA, ...) uses the PHY
framework and there is no actual PHY harwdare to drive.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Call generic_phy_init() only when a PHY was found.
This will avoid a crash if no "phys" property is found in DT.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reported-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Call generic_phy_init() only when a PHY was found.
This will avoid a crash if no "phys" property is found in DT.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reported-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add CONFIG_DM_USB flag to avoid following compilation errors
detected by buildman :
+drivers/usb/host/built-in.o: In function `xhci_dwc3_remove':
+drivers/usb/host/xhci-dwc3.c:168: undefined reference to `xhci_deregister'
+drivers/usb/host/built-in.o: In function `xhci_dwc3_probe':
+drivers/usb/host/xhci-dwc3.c:145: undefined reference to `usb_get_dr_mode'
+drivers/usb/host/xhci-dwc3.c:152: undefined reference to `xhci_register'
introduced by patch d5c3f014da3 "usb: host: xhci-dwc3: Convert driver to DM"
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reported-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
To avoid compilation breakage on platform that doesn't
support DM PHY but uses xhci-dwc3 driver, add the missing
CONFIG_PHY flag.
Introduced by patch :
84e53877 "usb: host: xhci-dwc3: Add generic PHY support"
Cc: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reported-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
- factorize code between read and write transaction
- always use dfu_transaction_cleanup() to initialize
the internal variable: easy maintenance
- replace direct access by dfu_get_buf() and dfu_get_buf_size()
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Change long (32 bits on arm) to u64 (same type than offset)
for size and read offset r_left
So partition and device used for DFU can be greater than 4GB
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
solve issue on get_medium_size() function
the detection of error is a simple test < 0
but for ARM platform, long is 32bits and 2GB = 0x80000000
is seen as error.
I solve the issue by changing the prototype fo the function
to separate size and result.
This patch prepare the next patch with size change to u64.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Fix the memory leak by freeing the allocated out request buffer
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
So far LS/FS devices directly attached to xHC root port can be
successfully enumerated by xHCI driver, but if they are connected
behind a hub, the enumeration process fails to address the device.
It turns out xHCI driver still misses a part that in the device's
input slot context, all Transaction Translator (TT) related fields
are not programmed. The xHCI spec defines how to enable TT.
Now LS/FS devices like USB keyboard/mouse can be enumerated behind
a high speed hub.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is no way to know whether the attached device is a hub or
not in advance before the device's descriptor is fetched. But
once we know it's a high speed hub, per the xHCI spec, we need
to tell xHC it's a hub device by initializing hub-related fields
in the input slot context.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
After fetching hub descriptor, we need to call USB uclass operation
update_hub_device() to notify HCD to do some preparation work.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For USB host controllers like xHC, its internal representation of
hub needs to be updated after the hub descriptor is fetched. This
adds a new op that does this.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A high speed hub has a special responsibility to handle full speed/
low speed devices connected on downstream ports. In this case, the
hub must isolate the high speed signaling environment from the full
speed/low speed signaling environment with the help of Transaction
Translator (TT). TT details are provided by hub descriptors and we
parse and save it to hub uclass_priv for later use.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
xHCI spec says: the values of the 'route string' field shall be
initialized by the first 'Address Device' command issued to a
device slot, and shall not be modified by any other command.
So far U-Boot does not program this field, and it does not prevent
SS device directly attached to root port, or HS device behind an HS
hub, from working, due to the fact that 'route string' is used by
the xHC to target SS packets. But in order to enumerate devices
behind an SS hub, this field must be programmed.
With this commit and along with previous commits, now SS & HS devices
attached to a USB 3.0 hub can be enumerated by U-Boot.
As usual, this new feature is only available when DM is on.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For future extension, change xhci_setup_addressable_virt_dev()
signature to accept a pointer to 'struct usb_device', instead
of its members slot_id & speed, as the struct already contains
these two plus some other useful information of the device.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
USB 3.0 hub uses a hub depth value multiplied by four as an offset
into the 'route string' to locate the bits it uses to determine the
downstream port number. We shall set the hub depth value of a USB
3.0 hub after it is configured.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
USB 3.0 hub port status field has different bit positions from 2.0
hubs. Since U-Boot only understands the old version, translate the
new one into the old one.
Since we are going to add USB 3.0 hub support, this feature is only
available with driver model USB.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sometimes we need know if a given hub device is root hub or not.
Add a new API to test this. This removes the xHCI driver's own
version is_root_hub() and change to use the new API.
While we are here, remove the unused/commented out get_usb_device()
in the xHCI driver too.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present hub_port_reset() is defined in DM USB, but it is never
called hence remove it (removing another ifdefs).
While we are here, change legacy_hub_port_reset() name to
usb_hub_port_reset() to better match other function names in the
same hub module.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use USB hub device's dev->uclass_priv to point to 'usb_hub_device'
so that with driver model usb_hub_reset() and usb_hub_allocate()
are no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As there is no board that currently uses xhci-pci driver without DM
USB, drop its support and leave only DM support.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
BayTrail SoC supports both EHCI and xHCI controllers. However only
one host controller (either EHCI or xHCI) can be used. To enable
HSIC and SS ports, xHCI must be used. This turns on xHCI support on
Intel MinnowMax board.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Occasionally it was observed that on Intel MinnowMax board, with a
USB 2.0 device connected to the bottom port, when doing 'usb start'
on the xHCI controller:
scanning bus 0 for devices... cannot reset port 3!?
But neither of the two USB ports is routed to xHCI root port 3.
Adding some debug information shows that xHCI port 3 PORTSC register
mysteriously reports both CCS = 1 and CSC = 1.
This is not seen every time. After increasing the timeout to wait
for power to become stable, the issue is gone. So this indicates
current default USB power-on delay (20ms) might be at a critical
region where power is stable/unstable. U-Boot provides a mechanism
to have a environment variable to override the default one. Add
one for MinnowMax.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
USB 3.0 defines bMaxPacketSize0 field in the device descriptor as
the exponent of 2, so let's print the calculated actual size.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Now that EHCD does not use CONFIG_SYS_USB_EHCI_MAX_ROOT_PORTS,
remove it in all boards' config files.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
EHC reports supported maximum number of ports in the HCSPARAMS
register, so it's unnecessary to use a hardcoded config option
CONFIG_SYS_USB_EHCI_MAX_ROOT_PORTS.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Now that xHCD does not use CONFIG_SYS_USB_XHCI_MAX_ROOT_PORTS,
remove it in all boards' config files.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
xHC reports supported maximum number of ports in the HCSPARAMS1
register, so it's unnecessary to use a hardcoded config option
CONFIG_SYS_USB_XHCI_MAX_ROOT_PORTS.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
HCSPARAMS1:MaxPorts field specifies the maximum port number value,
and its valid values are in the range of 1 to 255.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
USB 3.0 hub port status has different bit position regarding to
port power, port speed, etc. But others are the same as 2.0 hubs.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
USB 3.0 hubs have a slightly different hub descriptor than USB 2.0
hubs, with a fixed (rather than variable length) size. Change the
host controller drivers that access those last two fields
(DeviceRemovable and PortPowerCtrlMask) to use the union.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
For accuracy, we should use 'sizeof(struct usb_port_status)' as the
wLength for 'get port status' request, although it happens to be
equal to 'sizeof(struct usb_hub_status)'.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Testing a USB 3.0 hub by connecting it to the xHCI port on Intel
MinnowMax, when issuing 'get hub descriptor' to the hub, xHCI
reports a transfer event TRB with a completion code 6 which means
'Stall Error'.
In fact super speed USB hub descriptor type is 0x2a, not 0x29.
Sending correct SETUP packet to the hub makes it not stall anymore.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
It was observed that on Intel MinnowMax board, when xHCI is enabled
in the BayTrail SoC, with a USB 3.0 device connected to the bottom
USB 3.0 port (mapped to xHCI root port #7), its PORTSC register is
always 0x201203 (CCS = 1, CSC = 0). The root cause of such behavior
is unknown yet. Connect status change bit is set on the same port
with a USB 2.0 device (mapped to xHCI port #1, which is a different
port on the root hub).
With current logic in usb_scan_port(), the enumeration process will
abort if it does not detect a connect status change on a hub port.
However since a device connection status is correctly reported, the
enumeration process can still continue.
With this change, USB device connected to the bottom blue port on
MinnowMax board can be enumerated under either SS or HS mode.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
A valid input slot context for a 'configure endpoint' command requires
the 'Context Entries' field to be initialized to the index of the last
valid endpoint context that is defined by the target configuration. We
set up the 'Context Entries' field, but we forget to include the input
slot context in the input control context 'Add Context flags' bitmap.
So xHC will simply ignore input slot context and continue using its own
which contains old information of the device.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The scratchpad buffer array is used to define the locations of
statically allocated memory pages that are available for the
private use of the xHC. The xHCI spec explicitly mentions that
system software shall allocate the scratchpad buffers before
placing the xHC in to Run mode (Run/Stop (R/S) = ‘1’), however
U-Boot is missing this part.
This causes xHC on Intel platform does not respond the very first
'enable slot' command that is given to xHC and the 'enable slot'
command completion event TRB is never generated and xHC seems to
hang forever.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
In xhci_queue_command(), when the command is not 'reset endpoint',
'stop endpoint' or 'set TR dequeue pointer', endpoint ID should not
be encoded in the TRB.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
There is no member called 'dma' in struct xhci_container_ctx. Remove
the comments that mentions it.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
use array to save deasserted resets reference in order to
assert them in case of error during probe() or during driver
removal.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
use array to save enabled clocks reference in order to
disabled them in case of error during probe() or during
driver removal.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use an array to save enabled clocks reference and deasserted resets
in order to respectively disabled and asserted them in case of error
during probe() or during driver removal.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
this allows to get file, line and function location
of the current error message.
Signed-off-by: patrice chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function is usefull to get phandle number contained
in a property list.
For example, this allows to allocate the right amount
of memory to keep clock's reference contained into the
"clocks" property.
To implement it, either of_count_phandle_with_args() or
fdtdec_parse_phandle_with_args() are used respectively
for live tree and flat tree.
By passing index = -1, these 2 functions returns the
number of phandle contained into the property list.
Add also the dev_count_phandle_with_args() based on
ofnode_count_phandle_with_args()
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add clk_release_all() method which Disable/Free an
array of clocks that has been previously requested by
clk_request/get_by_*()
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add reset_release_all() method which Assert/Free an
array of resets signal that has been previously successfully
requested by reset_get_by_*()
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is needed in error path to assert previously deasserted
reset by using a saved reset_ctl reference.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This allow to check if a PHY has been correctly
initialised and avoid to get access to phy struct.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
phy->dev need to be set to NULL in case of generic_phy_get_by_index()
fails. Then phy->dev can be used to check if the phy is valid
Reported-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
DWC3 dual role mode is selected using DT "dr_mode"
property. If not found, DWC3 controller is configured
in HOST mode by default
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add Driver Model support with use of generic DT
compatible string "snps,dwc3"
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
These are not needed now since the drivers now use driver model. Drop
them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Convert this PMIC driver to driver model and fix up other users. The
regulator and GPIO functions are now handled by separate drivers.
Update nyan-big to work correct. Three boards will need to be updated by
the maintainers: apalis-tk1, cei-tk1-som. Also the TODO in the code re
as3722_sd_set_voltage() needs to be completed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Jetson-TK1
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
This pmic includes GPIOs which should have their own driver. Add
a driver to support these.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
This pmic includes regulators which should have their own driver. Add
a driver to support these.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Update the tegra pci driver to support a live device tree. Fix the check
for nvidia,num-lanes so that an error will actually be detected.
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Adjust this code to support a live device tree. This should be implemented
as a PHY driver but that is left as an exercise for the maintainer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
The PMC can be modelled as a syscon peripheral. Add a driver for this
so that it can be accessed by drivers when needed. Enable it for tegra124
boards.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Enable the debug UART in SPL to allow early serial output even if the
standard UART does not work (e.g. due to driver model problem).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
At present this function only supports 32-bit (single-cell) values. Update
it to support two-cell values also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
We sometimes need to read a resource from an arbitrary node. In any case
for consistency we should not put the live-tree switching code in
a dev_read_...() function. Update this to suit.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Current puts() and putc() have similar #ifdef / if() conditionals.
Make puts() iterate over putc() to avoid code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
DT property values can be strings as well as integers. This is why
of_get_property/fdt_getprop returns an opaque pointer.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
During 'scsi reset', scsi_bus_reset() is called with udevice pointed
to NULL, which causes exception. As a temporary fix, disable the call
for DM SCSI for now.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Running 'scsi scan' command causes scsi_scan_dev() to be called,
from which device_probe() is called and consequently AHCI driver
probe routine will be called as SCSI driver's parent, and finally
ahci_probe_scsi() calls scsi_scan_dev() again.
Remove the call to scsi_scan_dev() in ahci_probe_scsi().
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable booting from SATA on the wandboard.
Sata support was already enabled, but distro_bootcmd is not configured
to boot from it.
Signed-off-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
commit 306dd7dabd ("net: fec_mxc: fix PHY initialization bug with CONFIG_DM_ETH")
has broken the build of the fec_mxc driver with CONFIG_DM_ETH
enabled because it changed the parameters passed to *fec_get_miibus()
without changing the functions prototype.
This patch fixes up the prototype of fec_get_miibus() for the DM_ETH case.
Signed-off-by: Lothar Waßmann <LW@KARO-electronics.de>
Rather than open-coding EFI_EXIT() + callback + EFI_ENTRY(), introduce
an EFI_CALL() macro. This makes callbacks into UEFI world (of which
there will be more in the future) more concise and easier to locate in
the code.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
There are a couple spots doing things like:
return EFI_EXIT(some_fxn(...));
which I handn't noticed before. With addition of printing return value
in the EFI_EXIT() macro, now the fxn call was getting evaluated twice.
Which we didn't really want.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
A few lines (defines and declarations) had been duplicated when the
puma-rk3399 board was initially merged. This removes the duplicates
and changes the style to use local constants instead of pasted
literals.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
[fixed up commit-message & converted to use 'const u32':]
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
function board_init_f_init_reserve will call memset, which
is implemented in lib, and enabled by CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
in spl stage.
To reduce the code size, also enable SPL_TINY_MEMSET.
As rk3036 will return to bootrom immediately after dram
initialization, there is no need to run DM, so disable
SPL_DM_SERIAL.
Signed-off-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
RK3036 only has 4kb sram, the spl code will use
3.4 ~ 3.5 kb, the last 0.5kb are used for SP and
GD, so there is no space for malloc. Also, the spl
will directly return to bootrom after dram initialized,
they never need the space for malloc.
Signed-off-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
SPL and normal u-boot stage use different malloc pool size
configuration before relocation, so use CONFIG_VAL(SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN)
to fit different boot stage.
Signed-off-by: Andy Yan <andyshrk@gmail.com>
Changes in v3:
- use CONFIG_VAL(), which suggested by Simon
Changes in v2: None
arch/sandbox/cpu/start.c | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Some platforms have very limited SRAM to run SPL code, so there may
not be the same amount space for a malloc pool before relocation in
the SPL stage as the normal U-Boot stage.
Make SPL and (the full) U-Boot stage use independent SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN,
so the size of pre-relocation malloc pool can be configured memory
space independently.
Signed-off-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
[fixed up commit-message:]
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Some platforms have very limited SRAM to run SPL code, so there may
not be the same amount space for a malloc pool before relocation in
the SPL stage as the normal U-Boot stage.
Make SPL and (the full) U-Boot stage use independent SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN,
so the size of pre-relocation malloc pool can be configured memory
space independently.
Signed-off-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
[fixed up commit-message:]
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Some platforms have very limited SRAM to run SPL code, so there may
not be the same amount space for a malloc pool before relocation in
the SPL stage as the normal U-Boot stage.
Make SPL and (the full) U-Boot stage use independent SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN,
so the size of pre-relocation malloc pool can be configured memory
space independently.
Signed-off-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
[fixed up commit-message:]
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Some platforms have very limited SRAM to run SPL code, so there may
not be the same amount space for a malloc pool before relocation in
the SPL stage as the normal U-Boot stage.
Make SPL and (the full) U-Boot stage use independent SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN,
so the size of pre-relocation malloc pool can be configured memory
space independently.
Signed-off-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
[fixed up commit-message:]
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Add the 'usbkbd' environment variable to the 'stdin', the contents of
the keyboard input can be auto-displayed on the serial terminal,so
you don't need to manually set the environment variable 'stdin'.
Signed-off-by: Leo Wen <leo.wen@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT and SPL_DRIVERS_MISC_SUPPORT were previously
enabled through rk3399_common.h. This change implies these options
through Kconfig.
These need to always be active for the RK3399, as follows:
- SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT is needed to pass the SPL build
- SPL_DRIVERS_MISC_SUPPORT is needed to pass the SPL build
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Currently, drive-strenght to 12ma are described and supposed to be used
on RK3288. However, the pinctrl driver for this SoC only handles muxing
and pull up/pull down via PU/PD control registers. So complex IPs like
GMAC are working in normal ethernet 100mbps, but not at 1gbps typically.
This commit adds support for handling drive-strength of 12ma, when it's
defined in the DT.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@collabora.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
When creating a EFI/GUID partition map for the RK3399-Q7 through
U-Boot, the partition entries should be places at a 1MB offset from
the start of the device to give us space for the environment (at 16KB
on SD/MMC devices), the SPL stage (at 32KB on SD/MMC devices) and the
image payload (at 256KB on SD/MMC devices).
This change sets this up through the u-boot,efi-partition-entries-offset
/config property in the RK3399-Q7 DTSI.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
As our SPL stage can grow quite large (80KB+ are not unusual) on the
RK3399-Q7, the default setting for the environment location (in
include/configs/rockchip-common.h) can overlap our SPL.
This change finally makes use of the 'u-boot,mmc-env-offset' DTS
property to override the environment location and put it at 16KB into
the device, which is right before the SPL (located at 32KB).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
This removes the unused 'rate' field from both rk3399_pmuclk_priv and
rk3399_clk_priv. I didn't bother to check where this came from (i.e.
what the historical context of these was), but only verified that
these are indeed unused across all code-paths.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The rk3368_clk_priv has two unused fields: rate, has_bwadj. This
removes them as there's no need for either (i.e. has_bwadj is always
true for the RK3368, according to its TRM).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The clk driver for the RK3368 picked the wrong data structure's size
for its auto-alloc size: the size was calculated on the structure
representing the CRU hardware block instead of the priv structure.
As the CRU's register file is much larger than the driver's priv,
this did not cause any pain (except wasting memory).
Fix this by using the correct data structure's size.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When building for a TPL/SPL setup (e.g. on the RK3368), we need the
TPL stage to have the extra space for for the 'Rockchip SPL name'
(i.e. 'RK33' word). Yet, the SPL will start execution at its first
word (i.e. the first word in the SPL binary needs to be a valid
instruction). To make things a bit more involved, CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
is defined both for the SPL and the TPL stage.
To avoid having to explicitly test for the first stage (TPL, if and
only if TPL and SPL are built, SPL otherwise), this commit modifies
the sequence to repeat the 'b reset' (instead of reserving 4 bytes
of undefined space) at the start of the boot0 hook: if overwritten
(and execution starts at the second word), the first instruction is
still a 'b reset'... if not overwritten, we start on a 'b reset' as
well.
This solution wouldn't even require the check whether we are in the
SPL/TPL build (i.e. CONFIG_SPL_BUILD), but we leave this check in for
documentation purposes.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add regulator-init-microvolt for driver to init the regulator,
and the min output value is not 800000mV for the PWM2 io domain has
changed to VCC3V0 instead of VCC1V8 in rockchip evb, we need to
correct it with the value measured when PWM2 output HIGH.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The Identification Page (32 byte) is an additional page which can be written
and (later) permanently locked in Read-only mode.
phyCORE-RK3288 SoMs are using this page to describe the module variant.
This page also contains a MAC.
Our boards can be equipped with a different amount of EEPROMs. To make
this more transparent let's add an alias for the eeprom which stores the
module variant.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
This reverts TXCLK toggling that was accidently dropped while reworking
commit 2454b719fb ("rockchip: rk3288: Add pinctrl support for the gmac
ethernet interface"). So the TX clock is enabled and we can use
GMAC_ROCKCHIP in 1Gbps when basic PINCTRL support is enabled
(!PINTRL_FULL).
Fixes: 2454b719fb ("rockchip: rk3288: Add pinctrl support for the...")
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@collabora.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
We are about to reuse the rockchip timer (header file) for 64bit ARMv8
chips, so it seems a good time to make the register sizes explicit by
changing from 'unsigned int' to 'u32'.
Reorders the header-includes in rk_timer.c to ensure that 'u32' is
definded before it is used by 'asm/arch/timer.h'.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
When booting shim -> fallback -> shim -> grub -> linux the memory map is
a bit larger than the size linux passes in on the first call. But in
the EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL case we were not passing back the updated size
to linux so it would loop forever.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
In the source_file_format.txt file we talk about how to construct a
valid FIT image. While it already says to look at the source for the
full list, add kernel_noload to the explicit list of types. This is
arguably the most important type to use as most often we are including a
kernel that will run from wherever it is loaded into memory and execute.
This for example, allows you to create a single FIT image for Linux that
can be used on both OMAP and i.MX devices as the kernel will not need to
be moved in memory.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
STM32F7 and H7 shared the same SDRAM control block.
On STM32H7 few control bits has been added.
The current driver need some minor adaptation as FMC block
enable/disable for H7.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
FMC driver is now able to discover the bank number by
parsing bank subnodes.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
FMC is able to manage 2 SDRAM banks, but the current driver
implementation is only able to manage the first SDRAM bank.
Even if only bank2 is used, some bank1 registers must be
configured.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Replace all fdtdec_get..() calls by ofnode_read...() or dev_read..().
This will allow drivers to support a live device tree.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Retrieve RAM base address from DT instead of using STM32_SDRAM_FMC
For STM32F7, FMC block base address is 0xA0000000, but SDRAM
registers are located at offset 0x140 inside FMC block.
Update the stm32_fmc_regs fields with all FMC registers
to map SDRAM registers at the right address.
These additionals registers will be used later.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Migrate all FMC defines from arch/arm/include/asm/arch-stm32f7/fmc.h
to drivers/ram/stm32_sdram.c
This will avoid to add an additionnal arch-stm32xx/fmc.h file when
a new stm32 family soc will be introduced.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
All drivers which was using clock_get() are now using
clk_get_rate() from clock framework, now it's safe to
remove clock_get().
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Acked-by: Vikas MANOCHA <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Replace proprietary clock_get() by clk_get_rate()
The stm32_qspi is now "generic" and can be used
by other STM32 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Acked-by: Vikas MANOCHA <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Replace proprietary clock_get() by clk_get_rate()
The stm32x7 serial driver is now "generic" and can be used
by other STM32 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Acked-by: Vikas MANOCHA <vikas.manocha@st.com>
This allow to remove include/dm/platform_data/serial_stm32x7.h
which was included in the past by stm32x7 driver and by
stm32f746-disco.c board file.
Since patch 42bf5e7c27 "serial: stm32f7: add device tree support"
this file is no more needed in board file.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Acked-by: Vikas MANOCHA <vikas.manocha@st.com>
clean the code by removing unused enums, structs and
defines related to clocks
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Acked-by: Vikas MANOCHA <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Add clock framework .get_rate callback.
This step will allow to convert all drivers which was using
proprietary clock_get() to use clock framework .get_rate().
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Acked-by: Vikas MANOCHA <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Retrieve RCC base address from DT, this will prepare
the ground for future STM32 SoCs support.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Acked-by: Vikas MANOCHA <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Also remove its declaration from stm32.h which
is no more needed.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Acked-by: Vikas MANOCHA <vikas.manocha@st.com>
The inline assembly functions in mon.c assume that the caller will
check for the return value in r0 according to regular ARM calling
conventions.
However, this assumption breaks down if the compiler inlines the
functions. The caller is then under no obligation to use r0 for the
result.
To fix this disconnect, we must explicitly move the return value
from the smc/bl call to the variable that the function returns.
Signed-off-by: Madan Srinivas <madans@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The load address of ramdisk, rdaddr is 0x88080000 and fit_loadaddr
is defined as 0x88000000. This leaves only 512Kbytes for the
fit image. When the FIT images are larger than this, it will
overwite the ramdisk and cause the boot to fail.
For eg, The K2 HS fit images are a few MB and end up overwriting
the ramdsk. This patch moves the fit_loadaddr to 0x87000000,
leaving a 16MB window for the fit image. This memory can be
reclaimed once the kernel starts running.
Signed-off-by: Madan Srinivas <madans@ti.com>
On early K2 devices (eg. K2HK) the secure ROM code does not support
loading secure code to firewall protected memory, before decrypting,
authenticating and executing it.
To load the boot monitor on these devices, it is necessary to first
authenticate and run a copy loop from non-secure memory that copies
the boot monitor behind firewall protected memory, before decrypting
and executing it.
On K2G, the secure ROM does not allow secure code executing from
unprotected memory. Further, ROM first copies the signed and encrypted
image into firewall protected memory, then decrypts, authenticates
and executes it.
As a result of this, we cannot use the copy loop for K2G. The
mon_install has to be modified to pass the address the signed and
encrypted secure boot monitor image to the authentication API.
For backward compatibility with other K2 devices and K2G GP,
the mon_install API still supports a single argument. In this case
the second argument is set to 0 by u-boot and is ignored by ROM
Signed-off-by: Thanh Tran <thanh-tran@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Madan Srinivas <madans@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We first split the CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND into its components to improve
readability. We then make the following order changes:
- Run findfdt first so the fdt name can be used in envboot like OMAP
- Install the boot monitor before running the PMMC so we can make any
needed secure changes before PMMC, do this on both HS and non-HS
- Move set_name_pmmc to just before get_pmmc_${boot}
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Updates the default u-boot environment variables to support secure
boot. On secure devices, a secure boot monitor (sec-bm) needs to
be installed by u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Madan Srinivas <madans@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Updates the default u-boot environment variables to support FIT image
loading.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
BeagleBoard X15 revC board is similar to X15 revB1 except
with a SR2.0 where revB1 uses a SR1.1. Add board detection
support for revC.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
board_is*("rev", board_ti_get_rev()) uses strncmp() for
revison detection and assumes it is success if return value
is <= 0. This will fail in case of multiple versions, as
revb will be true for board_is_*revb() and board_is_*reva().
Fix it by looking for exact match of the string.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
GPIOs are now supported on Meson GXBB, enable driver and command in
the config.
Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <b.galvani@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This commit adds GPIO support to the Amlogic Meson pin controller
driver, based on code from Linux kernel.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <b.galvani@gmail.com>
Import Amlogic Meson DTS files from Linux kernel version 4.12
Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <b.galvani@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As is often the case with SoC development, slightly different
products (i.e. different part number) are developed based on the
same silicon-die. Such fine grained information is unmaintainable.
Also, "SoC:" is a better fit that "CPU:".
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
It has been a while since ARM Trusted Firmware supported UniPhier SoC
family. U-Boot SPL was intended as a temporary loader that runs in
secure world. It is a maintenance headache to support two different
boot mechanisms. Secure firmware is realm of ARM Trusted Firmware
and now U-Boot only serves as a non-secure boot loader for UniPhier
ARMv8 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Before commit 7cbc12415d ("efi_loader: initalize EFI object list
only once") we recreated the world on every bootefi invocation.
That included the object tree as well as the configuration tables.
Now however we don't recreate them, which means we must not explicitly
override the configuration tables, as otherwise we may lose our SMBIOS
table from the configuration table list on second bootefi invocation.
This patch makes bootefi call our normal configuration table modification
APIs to add/remove the FDT instead of recreating all tables from scratch.
That way the SMBIOS table gets preserved across multiple invocations.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The INSTALL_CONFIGURATION_TABLE callback also provides the ability to
remove table entries. This patch adds that functionality.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Enable FPGA driver build for Arria 10 SPL because FPGA driver is
needed by Arria 10 SPL to configure and getting DDR up before
loading U-boot into DDR and booting from there.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
Move FPGA driver which is Gen5 specific code into Gen5 driver file
and keeping common FPGA driver intact. All the changes are still keeping
in driver/fpga/ and no functional change. Subsequent patch would move
FPGA manager driver from arch/arm into driver/fpga/.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
Remove parameter from socfpga_bridges_reset(), and keeping this function
for single purpose which is just triggering reset on bridges.
socfpga_reset_deassert_bridges_handoff() can be called for releasing reset
on any bridges based on the bridge setting defined in fdt.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
Probably this went unnoticed before, but it causes problems with
addition of 804b1d73 ("efi_loader: log EFI return values too")
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_... options which have already been converted to
Kconfig only have a small amount of help. Move the rest of it over from
the README.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC
CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND
CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI
CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
In fact this already exists for sunxi as a 'choice' config. However not
all the choices are available in Kconfig yet so we cannot use that. It
would lead to more than one option being set.
In addition, one purpose of this series is to allow the environment to be
stored in more than one place. So the existing choice is converted to a
normal config allowing each option to be set independently.
There are not many opportunities for Kconfig updates to reduce the size of
this patch. This was tested with
./tools/moveconfig.py -i CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC
And then manual updates. This is because for CHAIN_OF_TRUST boards they
can only have ENV_IS_NOWHERE set, so we enforce that via Kconfig logic
now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
It seems that gcc 6.3 at least is smart enough to warn about the _val
variable being unassigned in the default case in the set_hdr_field()
macro, but not smart enough to figure out that the default case is never
taken. This results in warnings such as the following:
pfx##hdr32[idx].field = _val; \
^
../tools/mips-relocs.c:51:11: note: _val was declared here
uint64_t _val; \
^
../tools/mips-relocs.c:88:2: note: in expansion of macro set_hdr_field
set_hdr_field(p, idx, field, val)
^~~~~~~~~~~~~
../tools/mips-relocs.c:408:3: note: in expansion of macro set_phdr_field
set_phdr_field(i, p_filesz, load_sz);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~
../tools/mips-relocs.c: In function main:
../tools/mips-relocs.c:77:25: warning: _val may be used uninitialized
in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
Avoid this by assigning _val = 0 in the default case, and asserting that
we didn't actually hit it for good measure.
For reference gcc 7.1.1 seems to be smart enough to not hit the above
warning without this patch.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Fixes: 011dd93ca97a ("MIPS: Stop building position independent code")
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: u-boot@lists.denx.de
This patch fixes 2 bugs introduced by the following commit
2bb5b63 MIPS: bootm: rework and fix broken bootm code
The CONFIG_IS_ENABLED macro prepends 'CONFIG_' Hence, remove CONFIG_
from CONFIG_MIPS_BOOT_ENV_LEGACY usage.
Also, 2bb5b63 reworks bootm so that linux_env_legacy runs before
linux_cmdline_legacy. However, linux_env_legacy depends on
linux_cmdline_legacy running first as linux_cmdline_init initialilzes
linux_argp which linux_env_legacy later depends on during its
initialization.
Reorder the code so that linux_cmdline_legacy runs before
linux_env_legacy.
Signed-off-by: Zubair Lutfullah Kakakhel <Zubair.Kakakhel@imgtec.com>
U-Boot has up until now built with -fpic for the MIPS architecture,
producing position independent code which uses indirection through a
global offset table, making relocation fairly straightforward as it
simply involves patching up GOT entries.
Using -fpic does however have some downsides. The biggest of these is
that generated code is bloated in various ways. For example, function
calls are indirected through the GOT & the t9 register:
8f998064 lw t9,-32668(gp)
0320f809 jalr t9
Without -fpic the call is simply:
0f803f01 jal be00fc04 <puts>
This is more compact & faster (due to the lack of the load & the
dependency the jump has on its result). It is also easier to read &
debug because the disassembly shows what function is being called,
rather than just an offset from gp which would then have to be looked up
in the ELF to discover the target function.
Another disadvantage of -fpic is that each function begins with a
sequence to calculate the value of the gp register, for example:
3c1c0004 lui gp,0x4
279c3384 addiu gp,gp,13188
0399e021 addu gp,gp,t9
Without using -fpic this sequence no longer appears at the start of each
function, reducing code size considerably.
This patch switches U-Boot from building with -fpic to building with
-fno-pic, in order to gain the benefits described above. The cost of
this is an extra step during the build process to extract relocation
data from the ELF & write it into a new .rel section in a compact
format, plus the added complexity of dealing with multiple types of
relocation rather than the single type that applied to the GOT. The
benefit is smaller, cleaner, more debuggable code. The relocate_code()
function is reimplemented in C to handle the new relocation scheme,
which also makes it easier to read & debug.
Taking maltael_defconfig as an example the size of u-boot.bin built
using the Codescape MIPS 2016.05-06 toolchain (gcc 4.9.2, binutils
2.24.90) shrinks from 254KiB to 224KiB.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: u-boot@lists.denx.de
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
shim.efi (or rather gnu-efi's LibLocateProtocol() which shim.efi uses)
resolves protocols via efi_locate_handle() so the console protocols
need to be added to the efi object list.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
[agraf: whitespace fixes]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
There are a bunch of protocols which should be exposed by GUID but are
not. Add a helper macro to create an efi_object, to avoid much typing.
Note that using the pointer for efiobj->handle is semi-arbitrary. We
just need a unique value to match the efiobj supporting the protocol
with the handle that LocateHandle() returns..
See LibLocateProtocol() in gnu-efi. It does LocateHandle() to find all
the handles, and then loops over them calling HandleProtocol() with the
GUID of the protocol it is trying to find.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Turns out this is rather useful to tracking down where things fail.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Boot service ProtocolsPerHandle is implemented in
efi_protocols_per_handle.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The above CONFIG options are in Kconfig, and now have correct depends and
inter-dependencies. Migrate these to configs/ from include/configs/. In the
case of CMD_UBIFS also change it to be a default y if CMD_UBI.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The first argument 'type' of CreateEvent is an 32bit unsigned
integer bitmap and not an enum.
The second argument 'type' of SetTimer take values of an
enum which is called EFI_TIMER_DELAY in the UEFI standard.
To avoid confusion rename efi_event_type to efi_timer_delay.
Reported-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
If several EFI applications are executed in sequence we want
to keep the content of the EFI object list.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The call to efi_create_event requires notification functions
flagged as EFIAPI.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Patch has also been sent to fix grub to not ignore the error returned
and treat protocol_buffer_count as valid. But that that might take a
while to trickle into distro's, so this workaround might be useful.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Move the logic for converting a node to text from
efi_convert_device_path_to_text to convert_device_node_to_text.
Provide a wrapper function convert_device_node_to_text_ext.
As we use only shallow device paths so we can call
directly call efi_device_node_to_text from efi_device_path_to_text.
Add output for MAC addresses.
Add output for not yet supported types/subtypes.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
efi_get_memory_map should set a defined value for map_key.
We later can introduce the test against this value in
efi_exit_boot_services as required by the UEFI standard.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Make EFI GOP support work with DM_VIDEO but without legacy LCD.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Want to re-use this for file protocol, which I'm working on.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
shim.efi, for example, actually tries to parse this, but is expecting
backslashes.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Remove the ARCH_SUNXI and RBTREE dependencies.
CMD_UBIFS already gets RBTREE from CMD_UBI (from MTD_UBI), and should
the first become independant from the latter, there would likely be a
dependency on MTD_UBI anyway.
Cc: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Cc: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan-ext@sagemcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Many configs still define CMD_MTDPARTS in their non-Kconfig but
CMD_MTDPARTS has now moved to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan-ext@sagemcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This missing dependency has probably remained under the radar because
MTD_PARTITIONS is still whitelisted.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan-ext@sagemcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With PowerPC 4xx support removed, we have removed xilinx-ppc support as
well, remove this file now.
Fixes 98f705c9ce ("powerpc: remove 4xx support")
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Pasting longer lines into the U-Boot console prompt sometimes leads to
characters missing. One problem here is the small 16-byte FIFO of the
legacy NS16550 UART, e.g. on x86 platforms.
This patch now introduces a Kconfig option to enable RX interrupt
buffer support for NS16550 style UARTs. With this option enabled, I was
able paste really long lines into the U-Boot console, without any
characters missing.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[trini: Guard ns16550_serial_remove with
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(SERIAL_PRESENT) to match struct assignment]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Fixes 4bd754d8ab ("arm: omap: Detect boot mode very early") where
the intent was to store the boot params information in a known
location and pass it to SPL very early. Unfortunately it didn't
account for OMAP3 boards.
This patch adds adds this functionality back into OMAP3 boards.
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
commit 2eb48ff7a2 ("powerpc, 8260: remove support for mpc8260")
removed support for 8260 CPU.
This patch remove some remainders.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
Add missing .h and add missing declarations in .h
Declare local functions as static. Make interrupt_init_cpu function
signatures consistent with how decrementer_count is declared.
Based on warnings reported by 'make C=2'
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
[trini: drop cpu_init_f as 8xx/83xx are different from the rest, rework
interrupt_init_cpu/decrementer_count]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Avoid unnecessary assembly functions when they can easily be written
in C.
Also remove dc_read() as it is nowhere referenced
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
All complex case have been removed and we now only support
MPC866 and MPC885 families.
So check_CPU() can be made a lot simpler.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
reginfo command is calling mpc8xx_reginfo(), mpc85xx_reginfo()
or mpc86xx_reginfo() based on CONFIG_ symbol.
As those 3 functions can't me defined at the same time, let's
rename them print_reginfo() to avoid the #ifdefs
The name is kept generic as it is not at all dependent on
powerpc arch and any other arch could want to also print
such information.
In addition, as the Makefile compiles cmd/reginfo.c only when
CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO is set, there is no need to enclose the U_BOOT_CMD
definition inside a #ifdef CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO
Lets all remove the #ifdefs around the U_BOOT_CMD as this
file is only compiled when CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO is defined
Finally, this is a PowerPC-only command, disable it on a number of
non-PowerPC platforms.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In order to avoid TBU increment due to TBL reaching its max
and wrapping, reset TBL before resetting TBU
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
The actions inside #ifdef CONFIG_8xx in arch/powerpc/lib/time.c
can be performed before, in a 8xx dedicated function.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
It is possible to flag MAC addresses as locally administred. In this
case they don't need to be unique. This is only allowed for interfaces
which have no connection to the outside. For the TEGR1 board we use
this feature.
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@keymile.com>
If we rebrand the IVM and ethaddr was set previously we need to change
ethaddr. Otherwise we end up with a wrong MAC adress for the ethernet
interface.
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@keymile.com>
It is annoying to have to set up and maintain two sets of toolchains, one
for buildman and one for moveconfig.
Adjust moveconfig to make use to buildman's toolchains. This should make
things easier.
One missing feature is the ability to specify the toolchain on the command
line with a special environment variable, e.g. CROSS_COMPILE_ARM. I'm not
sure if that is useful, but if it is it could be implemented in buildman.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Add an option to specify 'all' to enable all flags. Also print an error
if an unrecognised flag is used. At present it just prints usage
information which is not very helpful.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Similar to what is done with OMAP5 class boards we need to
perform fixups common to this SoC class, add support for this here
and add HS fixups.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
If a firmware node is already present in the FDT we will fail to create
one and so fail to add our OP-TEE node, make this fixup first check for
a firmware node and then only try to add one if it is not found.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Some of the fixups currently done for OMAP5 class boards are common to
other OMAP family devices, move these to fdt-common.c.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
TEE loading and firewall setup are common to all omap2 devices, move
these function out of omap5 and into mach-omap2. This allows us
to use these functions from other omap class devices.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
When running a 'make clean' or carelessly removing u-boot.cfg, all
future make invocations (until autoconf is regenerated) will print
an error for a missing u-boot.cfg due to missing rules and dependencies.
This commit adds (i) an explicit rule dependency from all (which will
invokes the configuration checker) to cfg, and (b) adds a rule to
invoke scripts/Makefile.autoconf to regenerate u-boot.cfg.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
FreeBSD recently switch to it's BSDL dtc. While it support most of the
features of the GPL one it still lacks the incbin directive.
Add the possibility to specify which dtc we want to use for compiling dts
and generating fit image.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Vadot <manu@bidouilliste.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Odroid C2 has two GiB of memory with two reserved regions.
reg = <0x0 0x0 0x0 0x1000000>;
reg = <0x0 0x10000000 0x0 0x200000>;
Patch
bfcef28ae4 (arm: add initial support for Amlogic Meson and
ODROID-C2) provided function dram_init_banksize to reserve the
first 16 MiB of RAM for firmware in function dram_init_banksize
in arch/arm/mach-meson/board.c and defined
CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS = 1.
With this patch dram_init_banksize is changed to additionally
reserve the 2MiB region for the ARM Trusted Firmware (BL31).
CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS is set to 2.
Cc: Andreas Färber <afaerber@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The env_nand, env_mmc and env_ubi implementations all implement
redundancy using an identical serial-number scheme. This commit
migrates them to use the implementation in env_common, which is
functionally identical.
Signed-off-by: Fiach Antaw <fiach.antaw@uqconnect.edu.au>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
All current environments that implement redundancy use almost
identical implementations. This patch implements the env_nand
implementation as a function in env_common, and updates the
env_export function to export an env_nand-style 'flags' field by
default.
Signed-off-by: Fiach Antaw <fiach.antaw@uqconnect.edu.au>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
If one does not already have a rule to create a custom device node when
a given device enumerates it can be useful to have udev create a
bus path based node to the entry in /dev/bus/usb that was just
enumerated. Given that DFU itself does not require a /dev entry it is a
good idea to provide a rule that will generate one.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Closing a file descriptor does not guarantee that the data has been
successfully saved to disk, as the kernel might defer the write.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
In efi_set_timer we receive the trigger time in intervals of 100 ns.
We should convert it to intervals of 1000 ns by 64bit division.
The patch supplies function efi_div10 that uses multiplication to
implement the missing 64 bit division.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Set up a timer event and the WaitForKey event.
In the notify function of the timer event check for console input
and signal the WaitForKey event accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
efi_set_timer is refactored to make the function callable internally.
Wrapper function efi_set_timer_ext is provided for EFI applications.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
efi_create_event is refactored to make it possible to call it
internally. For EFI applications wrapper function
efi_create_event_ext is created.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The UEFI standard defines the type for the tpl level as EFI_TPL
alias UINTN.
UINTN is an integer is defined as an unsigned integer of native
width. So we can use size_t for the definition.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Up to now the boot time supported only a single event.
This patch now allows four events.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
In our implementation the internal structure of events is known.
So use the known type instead of void.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
If efi_free_pool is called with argument NULL an illegal memory
access occurs.
So let's check the parameter on entry.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The efi_loader currently stops iterating over the available
block devices stopping at the first device that fails.
This may imply that no block device is found.
With the patch efi_loader only iterates over valid devices.
It is based on patch
06d592bf52f6 (dm: core: Add uclass_first/next_device_check())
which is currently in u-boot-dm.git.
For testing I used an odroid-c2 with a dts including
&sd_emmc_a {
status = "okay";
};
This device does not exist on the board and cannot be initialized.
Without the patch:
=> bootefi hello
## Starting EFI application at 01000000 ...
WARNING: Invalid device tree, expect boot to fail
mmc_init: -95, time 1806
Found 0 disks
Hello, world!
## Application terminated, r = 0
With the patch:
=> bootefi hello
## Starting EFI application at 01000000 ...
WARNING: Invalid device tree, expect boot to fail
mmc_init: -95, time 1806
Scanning disk mmc@70000.blk...
Scanning disk mmc@72000.blk...
Card did not respond to voltage select!
mmc_init: -95, time 9
Scanning disk mmc@74000.blk...
Found 3 disks
Hello, world!
## Application terminated, r = 0
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Färber <afaerber@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Currenty any EFI status other than EFI_SUCCESS is reported as
Application terminated, r = -22
With the patch the status code returned by the EFI application
is printed.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
efi.h held only a few EFI status codes.
The patch adds the missing definitions for later usage.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The Unified Extensible Firmware Interface Specification, version 2.7,
defines in chapter 2.1.2 - UEFI Application that an EFI application may
either directly return or call EFI_BOOT_SERVICES.Exit().
Unfortunately U-Boot makes the incorrect assumption that
EFI_BOOT_SERVICES.Exit() is always called.
So the following application leads to a memory exception on the aarch64
architecture when returning:
EFI_STATUS efi_main(
EFI_HANDLE handle,
EFI_SYSTEM_TABlE systable) {
return EFI_SUCCESS;
}
With this patch the entry point is stored in the image handle.
The new wrapper function do_enter is used to call the EFI entry point.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
ConvertPathToText is implemented for
* type 4 - media device path
* subtype 4 - file path
This is the kind of device path we hand out for block devices.
All other cases may be implemented later.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
[agraf: fix whitespace]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The UEFI specification requires that LocateProtol finds the first
handle supporting the protocol and to return a pointer to its
interface.
So we have to assign the protocols to an efi_object and not use
any separate storage.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Four protocols per object is too few to run iPXE.
Let's raise the number of protocols per object to eight.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
UEFI boot service LocateHandleBuffer is implemented by calling
efi_allocate_handle and efi_locate_handle.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
To implement LocateHandleBuffer we need to call efi_locate_handle
internally without running through EFI_EXIT.
So put EFI_ENTRY and EFI_EXIT into a new wrapper function
efi_locate_handle_ext.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Implement InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces in function
efi_install_multiple_protocol_interfaces by repeatedly
calling efi_install_protocol_interface.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
For the implementation of UninstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces we
need to call efi_uninstall_protocol_interface. In internal calls
we should not pass through EFI_EXIT.
The patch introduces a wrapper function
efi_uninstall_protocol_interface_ext.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
For the implementation of InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces we
need to call efi_install_protocol_interface. In internal calls
we should not pass through EFI_EXIT.
The patch introduces a wrapper function
efi_install_protocol_interface_ext.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Without the patch efi_uninstall_protocol_interface always returns an
error.
With the patch protocols without interface can be uninstalled.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
efi_install_protocol_interface up to now only returned an error code.
The patch implements the UEFI specification for InstallProtocolInterface
with the exception that it will not create new handles.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Add all parameter checks for function efi_open_protocol that do not
depend on a locking table.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
efi_open_protocol was implemented to call a protocol specific open
function to retrieve the protocol interface.
The UEFI specification does not know of such a function.
It is not possible to implement InstallProtocolInterface with the
current design.
With the patch the protocol interface itself is stored in the list
of installed protocols of an efi_object instead of an open function.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
[agraf: fix efi gop support]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
DTB is encoded in big endian. When we retrieve property values,
we need to use fdt32_to_cpu (aka be32_to_cpu) for endian conversion.
This is a bit error-prone, but sparse is useful to detect endian
mismatch.
We need to use (fdt32_t *) instead of (u32 *) for a pointer of a
property value. Otherwise sparse warns "cast to restricted __be32".
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
get_enable should be able to return error values. Hence change
the return type to integer.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
get_enable should be able to return error values. Hence change
the return type to integer.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
get_enable should be able to return error values. Hence change
the return type to integer.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
get_enable should be able to return error values. Hence change
the return type to integer.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
get_enable should be able to return error values. Hence change
the return type to integer.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
get_enable should be able to return error values. Hence change
the return type to integer.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
get_enable should be able to return error values. Hence change
the return type to integer.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
get_enable should be able to return error values. Hence change
the return type to integer.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
get_enable should be able to return error values. Hence change
the return type to integer.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
get_enable should be able to return error values. Hence change
the return type to integer.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
get_enable should be able to return error values. Hence change
the return type to integer.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When CONFIG_BLK is enabled, the hwpart id is different with legacy
interface, update it to kame driver work with CONFIG_BLK.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Move CONFIG_CMD_SATA option to Kconfig to fix the following build
error:
In file included from include/configs/mx6cuboxi.h:137:0,
from include/config.h:7,
from include/common.h:21,
from common/env_common.c:11:
include/config_distro_bootcmd.h:161:2: error: expected '}' before 'BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES_references_SATA_without_CONFIG_SATA'
BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES_references_SATA_without_CONFIG_SATA
Reported-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Since commit ce412b79e7 ("drivers: net: phy: atheros: add separate
config for AR8031") Ethernet does not work on mx6sabreauto.
This commit correctly assigns ar8031_config() as the configuration
function for AR8031 in the same way as done in the Linux kernel.
However, on mx6sabreauto design we need some additional configurations,
such as enabling the 125 MHz AR8031 output and setting the TX clock
delay that need to be done in the board file.
This is the equivalent fix from commit 4b6035da48 ("mx6sabresd: Make
Ethernet functional again").
Reported-by: Miquel RAYNAL <miquel.raynal@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Replace fdtaddr and rdaddr variable names with u-boot standard names
fdt_addr_r and ramdisk_addr_r.
This will make the use of pxe boot more easy.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Bruenn <p.bruenn@beckhoff.com>
Add support for Falcon mode and explain in the README the steps to
boot the kernel directly without loading the full U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Diego Dorta <diego.dorta@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
warp can run different kernel versions, such as NXP 4.1 or
mainline.
Currently the rootfs location is passed via mmcblk number and the
problem with this approach is that the mmcblk number for the eMMC
changes depending on the kernel version.
In order to avoid such issue, use UUID method to specify the rootfs
location.
Succesfully tested booting a NXP 4.1 and also a mainline 4.12 kernel.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Currently the rootfs location is passed via mmcblk number and the
problem with this approach is that the mmcblk number for the eMMC
changes depending on the kernel version.
In order to avoid such issue, use UUID method to specify the rootfs
location.
Also add CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND to run finduuid function and distro_bootcmd.
This change was made based on U-Boot commit:
- ca4f338e2e
Signed-off-by: Fabio Berton <fabio.berton@ossystems.com.br>
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Currently the rootfs location is passed via mmcblk number and the
problem with this approach is that the mmcblk number for the eMMC
changes depending on the kernel version.
In order to avoid such issue, use UUID method to specify the rootfs
location.
This change was made based on U-Boot commit:
- ca4f338e2e
Signed-off-by: Fabio Berton <fabio.berton@ossystems.com.br>
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Currently the rootfs location is passed via mmcblk number and the
problem with this approach is that the mmcblk number for the eMMC
changes depending on the kernel version.
In order to avoid such issue, use UUID method to specify the rootfs
location.
This change was made based on U-Boot commit:
- ca4f338e2e
Signed-off-by: Fabio Berton <fabio.berton@ossystems.com.br>
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
mx6sabre boards can run different kernel versions, such as NXP 4.1 or
mainline.
Currently the rootfs location is passed via mmcblk number and the
problem with this approach is that the mmcblk number for the eMMC
changes depending on the kernel version.
In order to avoid such issue, use UUID method to specify the rootfs
location.
Succesfully tested booting a NXP 4.1 and also a mainline kernel on a
mx6qsabresd and mx6dlsabreauto.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
WEIM cannot be used when I2C3 is enabled due to pin conflict, so keep
WEIM disabled by default.
I2C3 controls GPIO I2C expander (USB host and OTG have VBUS controlled by
the GPIO I2C expander), magnetometer, accelerometer.
Not disabling WEIM in U-Boot causes I2C3 to behave badly when booting
a NXP 4.1 kernel, which leads to probe failure on several devices,
including the lack of USB:
imx_usb 2184000.usb: Can't register ci_hdrc platform device, err=-517
By keeping WEIM disabled in U-Boot these kernel issues are gone.
Reported-by: Takashi Matsuzawa <tmatsuzawa@xevo.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_FORCE_VSELECT is not the correct method
to set I/O to 1.8. To boards that does not support vqmmc-supply,
use vs18_enable in fsl_esdhc_cfg. If regulator is supported,
use fixed 1.8V regulator for vqmmc-supply.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Handle vqmmc supply. Some boards have a fixed I/O voltage
at 1.8V for emmc, so the usdhc also needs to be configured
as 1.8V by setting VSELECT bit. The vs18_enable is the one
that used to checking whether setting VSELECT or not in
the driver. So if vqmmc supply is 1.8V, set vs18_enable,
the driver will set VSELECT.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
When using eMMC with 1.8V I/O, the VSELECT bit need to be set in
the USDHC controller when init.
This patch adds a parameter "vs18_enable" in fsl_esdhc_cfg
structure and priv data, so each controller can have different
settings.
We could not use CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_FORCE_VSELECT, it has problem
that it will apply to all USDHC controllers and it only set the 1.8V
at init phase. So if user does not select to the eMMC device,
the voltage on the I/O pins are not correct.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The type should be int, not u8. cfg->wp_enable will finally be
assigned to priv->wp_enable whose type is int.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
As mx6sabreauto supports SPL now, all variants can boot using the same
defconfig.
This patch:
- Removes non-SPL targets.
- Renames target to mx6sabreauto_defconfig.
- Renames folder and board files to mx6sabreauto.
- Updates MAINTAINERS, Makefile and Kconfig accordingly.
- Removes .cfg files.
- Adds a README with instructions to build and flash SPL and u-boot.img.
Signed-off-by: Vanessa Maegima <vanessa.maegima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Add support for mx6q, mx6dl and mx6qp sabreauto boards in SPL.
Retrieved the mx6q DCD table from:
board/freescale/mx6qsabreauto/imximage.cfg
Retrieved the mx6dl DCD table from:
board/freescale/mx6qsabreauto/mx6dl.cfg
Retrieved the mx6qp DCD table from:
board/freescale/mx6qsabreauto/mx6qp.cfg
Flashed SPL and u-boot.img to an SD card and could successfully boot it
on mx6q, mx6qp and mx6dl sabreauto boards.
Signed-off-by: Vanessa Maegima <vanessa.maegima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The Cubox-i and Hummingboard series of devices have an option of
SATA on board, and depending on how the fuses are blown even the
option to boot SPL from SATA. So enable support for it so it can
be used to boot the OS from if people desire.
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
This change sets the VLDO4 settings output to 2.8V in PMIC
initialization so that the MIPI DSI/CSI input voltage is 2.8V
as per the schematics. The original code provides an output of
3.3V which violates the voltage mentioned in the schematics.
Signed-off-by: Gautam Bhat <mindentropy@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Currently the following build error is seen when a board using MMC SPL
is built and the MXS nand driver is also selected:
arch/arm/cpu/armv7/built-in.o: In function `arch_cpu_init':
arch/arm/cpu/armv7/mx6/soc.c:432: undefined reference to 'mxs_dma_init'
On mx6 the only user of mxs_dma_init() is the mxs nand driver, so
move it there.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
When CONFIG_DM_ETH is set, the FEC ethernet controller is reset after
the PHY has been set up and initialzed. This breaks the communication
with the PHY and results in an inoperable ethernet interface.
Do the initialization with CONFIG_DM_ETH in the same order as with
legacy ETH support to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Lothar Waßmann <LW@KARO-electronics.de>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
imx6qdl_icore_mmc_defconfig => imx6qdl_icore_rqs_defconfig
Since icorem6_rqs support MMC/eMMC boot, so doesn't need
to name it explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Document the binding for the Broadcom STB SoCs wake-up timer node
allowing the system to generate alarms and exit low power states.
Acked-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Add support for the debug UART to assist with early debugging.
Enable it for i.CoreM6 as an example.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Remove space between #define to macro
- Add tab between macro and value
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move the common baud generation code into _mxc_serial_setbrg
so-that dm and non-dm can call this func.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move the common initialization code into _mxc_serial_init
so-that dm and non-dm can call this func.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Control reg write should be part of setbrg for better
buadrate generation, so move cr1 and cr2 write to
mxc_serial_setbrg
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use RFDIV in dm-code instead of numeric value, so-that
it can be common for dm and non-dm.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch will add common reg space for non-dm and
dm code and non-dm reg space can be accessed using
mxc_base.
This will
- get rid of __REG volatile assignments
- Make common reg_space by removing unneeded macros
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
i.MX 6UL and 6ULL have different boot device capabilities and
use therefor use a different boot device selection table than
other i.MX 6 devices. Particularly, the value which has been
used so far (b0001) is assigned to QSPI boot for these two
devices.
There is no common reserved value for all i.MX 6devices. Use
b0010 for i.MX 6UL and 6ULL via compile time ifdef.
Reported-by: Joël Esponde <joel.esponde@honeywell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Joël Esponde <joel.esponde@honeywell.com>
There is no need to add a 100us delay after the DDR initialization.
Other imx6 boards do not have such delay either, so simply remove it.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
SPL is already selected via CONFIG_SPL=y, so there is no need
to pass it inside CONFIG_SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
SPL is already selected via CONFIG_SPL=y, so there is no need
to pass it inside CONFIG_SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
SPL is already selected via CONFIG_SPL=y, so there is no need
to pass it inside CONFIG_SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
SPL is already selected via CONFIG_SPL=y, so there is no need
to pass it inside CONFIG_SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
The verify_header callback in kwbimage.c only verifies v0 headers checksum.
Running 'mkimage -l' on a v1 image gives the following misleading output:
GP Header: Size ae000000 LoadAddr 34160600
Implement support for v1 headers. For that, factor out the header checksum code
to a separate main_hdr_checksum_ok() routine. This routine relies on the fact
that the checksum field offset is the same in both v0 and v1 headers. With this
patch applied 'mkimage -l' correctly identifies the image:
Image Type: MVEBU Boot from sdio Image
Image version:1
Data Size: 398904 Bytes = 389.55 KiB = 0.38 MiB
Load Address: 007fffc0
Entry Point: 00800000
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The offset marking in kwbimage.h is inconsistent. main_hdr_v0 uses decimals,
main_hdr_v1 uses hex without '0x' prefix, secure_hdr_v1 uses hex with '0x'
prefix. Make all offset marks hex with '0x' prefix.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Currently, Marvell Armada8k development board use 3 different
defconfigs:
mvebu_db-88f7040-nand_defconfig
mvebu_db-88f7040_defconfig
mvebu_db-88f8040_defconfig
Having 3 different defconfigs makes maintenance difficult.
This patch removes the defconfigs mentioned above and introduce
a new defconfig which represents the Armada8k family.
NOTE:
In order not to break automatic tools compilation,
a default device-tree is set in the defconfig (armada-8040-db).
However, when compiling u-boot, the user MUST explicitly export
the DEVICE_TREE for the requested board because using A80x0
device-tree on A70x0 might break the device.
For more information, refer to "doc/README.marvell" (intoduced
in this patch).
Change-Id: I98515b6306498358f3722ecf7ac4c87f236ebbd8
Signed-off-by: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The Turris Omnia is a open-source router created by CZ.NIC.
The code is based on the Marvell/db-88f6820-gp by Stefan Roese
with modifications from Tomas Hlavacek in the CZ.NIC turris-omnia-uboot
repository, which can be found at
https://gitlab.labs.nic.cz/turris/turris-omnia-uboot
By default, the Turris Omnia uses btrfs as the main and only filesystem,
and also loads kernel and device tree from this filesystem. Since U-Boot
does not yet support btrfs, you should not flash your Turris Omnia board
with this unless you know what you are doing.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Hlavacek <tomas.hlavacek@nic.cz>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
create mode 100644 board/CZ.NIC/turris_omnia/Makefile
create mode 100644 board/CZ.NIC/turris_omnia/kwbimage.cfg
create mode 100644 board/CZ.NIC/turris_omnia/turris_omnia.c
create mode 100644 configs/turris_omnia_defconfig
create mode 100644 include/configs/turris_omnia.h
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This module can be found on the Turris Omnia board connected
via the I2C interface.
Among some cryptographic functions, the chip has a 512 bit
One Time Programmable memory, 88 byte configuration memory
and 512 byte general purpose memory.
The Turris Omnia stores serial number and device MAC address in
the OTP memory.
This commit adds basic support for reading the EEPROM and also
exposes the chips Random Number Generator.
The driver is based on code by
Josh Datko, Cryptotronix, jbd@cryptotronix.com
and also
Tomas Hlavacek, CZ.NIC, tomas.hlavacek@nic.cz
Signed-off-by: Tomas Hlavacek <tomas.hlavacek@nic.cz>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
create mode 100644 drivers/misc/atsha204a-i2c.c
create mode 100644 include/atsha204a-i2c.h
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This I2C mux is found, for example, on the Turris Omnia board.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This device tree is taken from mainline Linux kernel commit
7b7db5ab. Added is also a -u-boot.dtsi file with these additions:
- aliases for I2C and SPI devices are added, because i2cmux and
SPI flash doesn't work otherwise
- spi_flash node has been added so that the new DM API works
- the ATSHA204A node is added in the i2c@5 node
- "u-boot,dm-pre-reloc"s are added in needed nodes for SPL
build to work correctly
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
create mode 100644 arch/arm/dts/armada-385-turris-omnia-u-boot.dtsi
create mode 100644 arch/arm/dts/armada-385-turris-omnia.dts
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The Orion watchdog can be found on some Marvell Armada chips.
This driver is based on the code by Tomas Hlavacek in the CZ.NIC
turris-omnia-uboot repository, which can be found at
https://gitlab.labs.nic.cz/turris/turris-omnia-uboot, and that
one is based on code by Sylver Bruneau. His code is already in
mainline Linux kernel.
The code uses the new driver model API.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Hlavacek <tomas.hlavacek@nic.cz>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
create mode 100644 drivers/watchdog/orion_wdt.c
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The DDR3 training code for Marvell A38X currently computes 1t timing
when given board topology map of the Turris Omnia, but Omnia needs 2t.
This patch adds support for enforcing the 2t timing in struct
hws_topology_map, through a new enum hws_timing, which can assume
following values:
HWS_TIM_DEFAULT - default behaviour, compute whether to enable 2t
from the number of CSs
HWS_TIM_1T - enforce 1t
HWS_TIM_2T - enforce 2t
This patch also sets all the board topology maps (db-88f6820-amc,
db-88f6820-gp, controlcenterdc and clearfog) to have timing set to
HWS_TIM_DEFAULT.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The declaration of otg*_plat and otg*_board_data is guarded by
CONFIG_USB_MUSB_*, but their use in arch_misc_init is not. The
ifdef flow goes something like:
if (CONFIG_USB_MUSB_* && other_conditions)
declare usb_data
if (other_conditions)
use usb_data
Thus when CONFIG_USB_MUSB_* is not declared, we try to use the
data structures, but these structures aren't defined.
To fix this, move the USB initialization code into the same #ifdef
which guards the declaration of the data structures. Since the DM_USB
vs legacy cases are completely different, use two versions of
arch_misc_init(), for readability.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <alex.g@adaptrum.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT or CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT are defined
in am335x_evm.h, a dependency on g_dnl.c is created. This in turn
creates a dependency on having USB gadget enabled.
As a result we can't create configs with USB gadget disabled.
Since these CONFIG_ variables are now part of kconfig, move them to
the board defconfigs, and out of am335x_evm.h. This both preserves
current defaults, and allows creating configs with USB gadget off.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <alex.g@adaptrum.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The TI816x has 2 GPIO banks. For bank 0 we had been clearing the enable
bit when setting BIT(8). Correct this by setting it to BIT(1) | BIT(8)
after we set and wait for BIT(1) (aka PRCM_MOD_EN). Enable GPIO1 as
well so that when CMD_GPIO is enabled it won't crash probing the second
bank. Enable CMD_GPIO on ti816x_evm.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The ti816x SoC revision of the ethernet IP block is handled by the
"davinci_emac" driver, rather than the "cpsw" driver as done by later
members of the family. Enable the relevant plumbing.
Signed-off-by: Sriramakrishnan <srk@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Wool <vitaly.wool@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Make make nand_info array static, since all direct users of nand_info array
have been converted to use get_nand_dev_by_index() API.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly.
Cc: Albert Aribaud <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Cc: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly.
Reviewed-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
As part of preparation for nand DM conversion the new API has been
introduced to remove direct access to nand_info array. So, use it here
instead of accessing to nand_info array directly.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
nand_info is used all over the file so abstract it with
get_nand_dev_by_index() which will help for DM conversion.
Signed-off-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
DTB is encoded in big endian. When we retrieve property values,
we need to use fdt32_to_cpu (aka be32_to_cpu) for endian conversion.
This is a bit error-prone, but sparse is useful to detect endian
mismatch.
We need to use (fdt32_t *) instead of (u32 *) for a pointer of a
property value. Otherwise sparse warns "cast to restricted __be32".
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Include <dm/util.h> to fix sparse warnings:
symbol 'dm_dump_all' was not declared. Should it be static?
symbol 'dm_dump_uclass' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function returns the pointer to the value of a node property.
The current name ofnode_read_prop() is confusing. Follow the naming
of_get_property() from Linux.
The return type (const u32 *) is wrong. DT property values can be
strings as well as integers. This is why of_get_property/fdt_getprop
returns an opaque pointer.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix sparse warnings "... was not declared. Should it be static?"
Also, fix redefinition of dm_warn/dm_dbg.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
While the previous pass through fixed one place where we knew that
fdt_getprop would be given a positive len, in the case of 'fdt set' we
do not, so check that we did no get NULL from fdt_getprop().
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 163249)
Fixes 72c98ed1ab ("fdt: Add a check to do_fdt() for coverity")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Many tegra boards have the console UART node disabled. With livetree this
prevents serial from working since it does not 'force' the console to be
bound. Updates the affected boards to fix this error.
The boards were checked with:
for b in $(grep tegra boards.cfg |grep -v integrator | \
awk '{print $7}' | sort); do
echo $b;
fdtgrep -c nvidia,tegra20-uart b/$b/u-boot.dtb |grep okay;
done
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
This error condition should have a debug() message. Add it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Add support for a live device tree to the core serial uclass.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
This function is quite long. Move the core code into a separate function
in preparation for adding livetree support.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Update this driver to support a live device tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Update these two files so include files in the right order.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Add some debugging to show when the backlight is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Update this driver to support a live device tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
We should sync the display (e.g. flush cache) when backspace is pressed
to ensure that the character is erased correctly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Enable full bootstage support so we can time SPL and U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
The error handling code does not current detect an error right away.
Adjust it to return immediately.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Enable this to allow debugging when the serial UART driver is
misconfigured.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Calculate the time taken to set up the LCD.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
The of_n_addr_cells() and of_n_size_cells() functions are useful for
getting the size of addresses in a node, but in a few places U-Boot needs
to obtain the actual property value for a node without walking up the
stack. Add functions for this and just the existing code to use it.
Add a comment to the existing ofnode functions which do not do the right
thing with a flat tree.
This fixes a problem reading PCI addresses.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
This function allows a device's status to be read. This indicates whether
the device should be enabled or disabled.
Note: In normal operation disabled devices will not be present in the
driver-model tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
Add a function which reads resources from a device, such as the device
hardware address. This uses the "reg" property in the device.
Unlike other functions there is little sense in inlining this when
livetree is not being used because it has some logic in it and this would
just bloat the code size.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
This provides a way to find the number of strings in a string list. Add it
and also fix up the comment for ofnode_read_string_index().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-on: Beaver, Jetson-TK1
If a system module is named the same as one of those used by binman we
currently pick the system module. Adjust the ordering so that our modules
are chosen instead.
The module conflict reported was 'tools' from jira-python. I cannot access
that package to test it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@baylibre.com>
Currently we have code which prints out platform data at the start of SPL.
Now that we have tests for dtoc this is probably not necessary. Drop it.
Update test_ofplatdata to check for empty output since it is useful to
check that sandbox_spl works as expected.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function uses several separate string replaces where a regular
expression might seem more reasonable. Add a comment justifying the way it
is currently done.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Collect the main logic of dtoc into a function and put it into
dtb_platdata. This will allow tests to use this function instead of
duplicating the code themselves.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than using static functions within the class, move them out of the
class. This will make it slightly easier for tests to call them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This option is the only one actually used by the dtb_platdata class. Pass
it explicitly to avoid needing to pass the whole option object to the
constructor.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To simplify running tests we should move this class into its own file.
This allows the tests to import it without having to import dtoc.py, which
runs the tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
By using a Kconfig parser we can find the location of each option in the
Kconfig tree. Using the information from the database we can then
automatically add an 'imply' option into the right place if requested by
the user.
Add a -a option to support adding 'imply' options. Display the location of
any existing 'imply' option so that progress can be examined. Add a -A
option to hide any existing 'imply' options so that already-completed
additions need not be considered further.
Also add documentation for this feature.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sometimes it is useful to display CONFIG_TARGET or CONFIG_CMD configs. Add
an option to control this.
Also we generally ignore implying configs which affect fewer than 5
boards. But sometimes it is useful to show those those, so add an option
that reduces the minimum to two.
ERRATUM configs are never useful for implying things, so ignore those.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to be able to process only a subset of boards to save time.
Often that subset is defined by the defconfig files in a git commit. This
change allows things like:
# Build the database
./tools.moveconfig.py -b
# Find some implying configs
./tools/moveconfig.py -i CONFIG_X
# Add some 'imply' statements to Kconfig files
./tools/moveconfig.py -i CONFIG_X -a CONFIG_A,CONFIG_B
# Reprocess the defconfig files to see if we can drop some changes
git show --stat | ./tools/moveconfig.py -s -d -
# Update the commit, with fewer defconfig changes
gii commit -au
Where the commit contains defconfig files, this will reprocess them to
take account of the imply statements that you added.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present sandbox has a special case where it directly calls os_putc()
when it does not have a console yet.
Now that we have the pre-console buffer enabled we can drop this. Any
early characters will be buffered and output later.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Enable the pre-console buffer, displaying the model and post-relocation
console announce on sandbox. Also add a model name to the device tree.
This allows testing of these features.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
At present this feature casts the address to a pointer. Use the
map_sysmem() function so that it will work correctly on sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Add a simple test to make sure that these functions obey the buffer size
passed into them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
At present the U-Boot banner is only displayed on the serial console. If
this is not visible to the user, the banner does not show. Some devices
have a video display which can usefully display this information.
Add a banner which is printed after relocation only on non-serial devices
if CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE is defined.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Move the display options code into a separate function so that the U-Boot
banner can be obtained from other code. Adjust the 'version' command to
use it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
As a demonstration of how to use SCSI with driver model, move link over
to use this. This patch needs more work, but illustrates the concept.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This function should not be used with driver model. Update the code to
reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Some AHCI drivers use SCSI under the hood. Rather than making the AHCI
driver be in the SCSI uclass it makes sense to have the AHCI device create
a SCSI device as a child. That way we can handle any AHCI-specific
operations rather than trying to pretend tha the device is just SCSI.
To handle this we need to provide a way for AHCI drivers to bind a SCSI
device as its child, and probe it. Add functions for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Split out the code that scans a single SCSI bus into a separate function.
This will allow it to be used from driver model.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Change this function to return an error number instead of true/false.
This allows us to return a proper error number.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The SCSI uclass currently has no operations. It just uses the global SCSI
functions. Fix this by adding operations to the only two drivers that use
the uclass, and replacing the global functions with those defined locally
in the SCSI code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With driver model we need to define implementations of exec() and
bus_reset() separately for each SCSI driver. As a first step, create a
local version of each function in the AHCI driver and call each from its
global version.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The 'mode' parameter is actually a flag to determine whether to display
a list of devices found during the scan. Rename it to reflect this, add a
function comment and adjust callers to use a boolean.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With driver model these functions need a device pointer. Add one even
when CONFIG_DM_SCSI is not defined. This avoids having ugly conditional
function prototypes, When CONFIG_DM_SCSI is not defined we can just ignore
the pointer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add operations for SCSI. These are not yet implemented, but we have the
struct.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With driver model we cannot have static data or assume that there is only
one device of each time. Adjust the code so that 'probe_ent' is not needed
with driver model. Add a new ahci_init_dm() function which can init AHCI
for driver model without re-allocating the uclass data. Move over the only
existing driver to use this new function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Two AHCI drivers use SCSI with CONFIG_DM_SCSI. The SCSI uclass calls
scsi_low_level_init() which is implemented by ahci.c. If
CONFIG_SCSI_AHCI_PLAT is defined it does one thing and if it is not
it does something else.
We don't need to call through scsi_low_level_init() to get the init
completed. Instead, adjust the two drivers to call into AHCI directly.
Drop the post-probe init in the SCSI uclass. This means that driver model
doesn't need to use scsi_low_level_init(). It is a legacy function and
driver model should use a driver's probe() method instead.
While we are here, add a comment to the top of the file explaining what
ahci.c does.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This code is duplicated. Create a ahci_start_ports() function to handle
this and call it from both places.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
These are very confusing without some sort of indentation. At some point
we will be able to remove them, but for now, indent them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With driver model we need each device to have its own state. As a step
towards this, restrict use of the global 'probe_ent' to just a few places
in the file. This will allow us to add driver-model functions which can
pass the correct data around.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This array relates to the AHCI controller so should be exist out on its
own in the file. Move it into the structure. Adjust functions that need
access to this to take the structure as a parameter.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This is not a very useful name since once it is probed it still hangs
around. With driver model we will use uclass data for this, so rename the
struct.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present the two driver-model SCSI drivers use device platform data to
store information that relates to the uclass. It is better to use uclass
platform data in this situation. Update the code to do this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
We should not be using typedefs in U-Boot and 'ccb' is a pretty short
name. It is also used with variables. Drop the typedef and use 'struct'
instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This name should be lower case. Also the _block suffix is superfluous.
Rename it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Put the driver-model declarations first since we are migrating to that.
Also drop scsi_init() when driver model is used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present we have the SCSI drivers in the drivers/block and common/
directories. It is better to split them out into their own place. Use
drivers/scsi which is what Linux does.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present we have the SATA and PATA drivers mixed up in the drivers/block
directory. It is better to split them out into their own place. Use
drivers/ata which is what Linux does.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present CONFIG_CMD_SATA enables the 'sata' command which also brings
in SATA support. Some boards may wish to enable SATA without the command.
Add a separate CONFIG to permit this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This function is only defined by one driver and is empty. Move it into
the SCSI implementation itself. We could remove it, but it should be
useful for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This driver is for a PowerPC board that will likely be removed soon.
Rather than converting it to driver model, drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Sometimes a node will have multiple compatible strings. Drivers may use
one or the other so the best approach seems to be to #define them to be
equivalent.
Update dtoc to support this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Make minor changes to README.gpt and sandbox_defconfig to support
testing of the gpt command's functionality in the sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Alison Chaiken <alison@peloton-tech.com>
The instructions for creating a disk image that are presently in
README.sandbox fail because sfdisk doesn't know about GPT.
Signed-off-by: Alison Chaiken <alison@peloton-tech.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some CONFIG options can be implied by others and this can help to reduce
the size of the defconfig files. For example, CONFIG_X86 implies
CONFIG_CMD_IRQ, so we can put 'imply CMD_IRQ' under 'config X86' and
all x86 boards will have that option, avoiding adding CONFIG_CMD_IRQ to
each of the x86 defconfig files.
Add a -i option which searches for such options.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add a -b option which scans all the defconfigs and builds a database of
all the CONFIG options used by each. This is useful for querying later.
At present this only works with the separate -b option, which does not
move any configs. It would be possible to adjust the script to build the
database automatically when moving configs, but this might not be useful
as the database does not change that often.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The newest clean-up features are not mentioned in the docs. Fix this and
add a few hints for particular workflows that are hopefully helpful.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is convenient to provide the full patch to the defconfig files in some
situations, e.g. when the file was generated by a shell command (e.g.
'ls configs/zynq*').
Add support for this, and move the globbing code into a function with its
own documentation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add aliases for mmc controller to get a fixed order with
emmc at index 0 and sdmmc at index 1.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sometimes it is useful to iterate through all devices in a uclass and
skip over those which do not work correctly (e.g fail to probe). Add two
new functions to provide this feature.
The caller must check the return value each time to make sure that the
device is valid. But the device pointer is always returned.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add some tests which check the behaviour of uclass_first_device() and
uclass_next_device() when probing of a device fails.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
SDMMC-PWREN is a pin to control voltage for SDMMC IO, it may
be high active or low active, the dwmmc driver always assume
the sdmmc-pwren as high active.
Kernel treat this pin as fixed regulator instead of a pin from
controller, and then it can set in dts file upon board schematic,
that's a good solution, we can also do this in u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The phyCORE-RK3288 is a SoM (System on Module) containing a RK3288 SoC.
The module can be connected to different carrier boards.
It can be also equipped with different RAM, SPI flash and eMMC variants.
The Rapid Development Kit option is using the following setup:
- 1 GB DDR3 RAM (2 Banks)
- 1x 4 KB EEPROM
- DP83867 Gigabit Ethernet PHY
- 16 MB SPI Flash
- 4 GB eMMC Flash
Add basic support for the PCM-947 carrier board, a RK3288 based development
board made by PHYTEC. This board works in a combination with
the phyCORE-RK3288 System on Module.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Enabling CONFIG_SPL_POWER_SUPPORT will cause a compiler warning:
‘get_ldo_reg’ defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
Let's wrap get_ldo_reg(), rk808_ldo and rk818_ldo with ENABLE_DRIVER
which is only set for non SPL builds.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
This change migrates the USB_DWC2 configuration item to Kconfig
and runs moveconfig to adjust header files and defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Meng Dongyang <daniel.meng@rock-chips.com>
Split off into a separate patch:
Ran moveconfig to migrate other boards:
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Some address relevant varibable is defined originally as u64. To
compatible with arm32, this patch change them to uintptr_t type.
Signed-off-by: Eric Gao <eric.gao@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
According to rk3288 spec, the pwm register order is:
PWM_PWM0_CNT,
PWM_PWM0_PERIOD_HPR,
PWM_PWM0_DUTY_LPR,
PWM_PWM0_CTRL
but the source code's order is:
struct rk3288_pwm {
u32 cnt;
u32 duty_lpr;
u32 period_hpr;
u32 ctrl;
};
So, correct it here. It is the same as RK3399.
Signed-off-by: Eric Gao <eric.gao@rock-chips.com>
Edited the commit message:
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The origin patch get rockchip dwmmc by name 'ciu', which lead
to the SPL not able to remove 'clock-names' node in dts.
I'm not saying this is not correct, but I would prefer to handle
this in dts or clock driver to save memory for SPL.
For example the rk3288 SPL size has out of memory if not enable
BACK_TO_BROM option, there are many other SoCs has less internal
memory than rk3288.
This reverts commit 480a9b834c.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Enable mmc_dw_rockchip driver, disable CONFIG_SPL_OF_PLATDATA
first for some dependence patches still not merged.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Tested-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rockchip rk322x sysreset is much like rk3036 and other Rockchip SoCs,
only difference is that the target register address is different.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Add sdram driver in U-Boot for get the correct sdram size from
sys_reg, so that U-Boot can co-work with Rockchip loader or SPL
to get different dram capability and then tell the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Add sdram driver in U-Boot for get the correct sdram size from
sys_reg, so that U-Boot can co-work with Rockchip loader or SPL
to get different dram capability and then tell the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
There are some functions like sdram_size_mb can be re-used for
different rockchip SoCs, just put them into common file.
Add board_get_usable_ram_top() for ram_top init base on
SDRAM_MAX_SIZE.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Added SDRAM_MAX_SIZE definition for RK3036:
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
fixup: 3036 fix for sdram_common
With the new dev_read functions available, we can convert the rockchip
architecture-specific drivers and common drivers used by these devices
over to the dev_read family of calls.
This covers the DRAM controller initialisation for the RK3188, RK3288
and RK3399... all of these read some of the tuning/setup/timing
parameters from the device-tree.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the new dev_read functions available, we can convert the rockchip
architecture-specific drivers and common drivers used by these devices
over to the dev_read family of calls.
This covers the serial driver (ns16550 and compatible) used for the
Rockchip devices.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the new dev_read functions available, we can convert the rockchip
architecture-specific drivers and common drivers used by these devices
over to the dev_read family of calls.
This covers the Gigabit Ethernet MAC (i.e. common designware driver and
rockchip-specific wrapper).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the new dev_read functions available, we can convert the rockchip
architecture-specific drivers and common drivers used by these devices
over to the dev_read family of calls.
This covers the dw_mmc and sdhci wrapper drivers for Rockchip.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the new dev_read functions available, we can convert the rockchip
architecture-specific drivers and common drivers used by these devices
over to the dev_read family of calls.
This change covers the USB3 (xhci) driver for the Rockchip devices.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the new dev_read functions available, we can convert the rockchip
architecture-specific drivers and common drivers used by these devices
over to the dev_read family of calls.
This change covers the rk_spi.c (SPI driver) used in Rockchip devices.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the new dev_read functions available, we can convert the rockchip
architecture-specific drivers and common drivers used by these devices
over to the dev_read family of calls.
This change covers the pinctrl drivers for the Rockchip devices.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
ARCH_OMAP2 has been renamed ARCH_OMAP2PLUS in commit a93fbf4a78
("ARM: omap2+: rename config to ARCH_OMAP2PLUS and consolidate Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
To set wait state, a hard coded value is used instead of using
latency parameter. stm32_flash_latency_cfg() is currently used
in arch/arm/mach-stm32/stm32f4/clock.c and in
drivers/clk/clk_stm32f7.c with, in both case, "5" as parameter.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
The size of the secure image does not include the size of the
header, subtract this out before we move the image or we grab
extra data after the image.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
gpio2 is used to detect lcd based on which pin mux is done in SPL.
gpio7 is used to enable vtt regulator. Enable these two gpio nodes
in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Enable spl_early_init() so that spl can use
DT very early during boot.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
ROM stores the boot params information in a known location
and passes it to SPL. This information needs to be copied
very early during boot or else there is a chance of getting
corrupted by SPL. So move this boot device detection very early
during boot.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This port adds support for:
1) Serial
2) eMMC
3) USB
It has been tested with ARM TRUSTED FIRMWARE running u-boot as the
BL33 executable [see board's README]
eMMC has been tested for reading and booting the loader and linux
kernels as well as saving the u-boot environment.
USB has been tested with ASIX networking adapter and SanDisk 7.4GB
drive.
PSCI has been tested via the reset call (PSCI executes from DDR)
The firwmare upgrade process has been tested via TFTP and USB FAT
filesystem containing the fastboot.bin image in one of the partitions.
Signed-off-by: Jorge Ramirez-Ortiz <jorge.ramirez-ortiz@linaro.org>
This driver is used in another board; remove board information from
the driver debug log.
Signed-off-by: Jorge Ramirez-Ortiz <jorge.ramirez-ortiz@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
set_state_ops is kept under PINCTRL_FULL flag in order
to decrease memory footprint in some configuration.
PINCTRL_FULL can be enabled for debug purpose.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Include K2G ICE to OF_LIST so it can be used for runtime board
detection.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
K2G ICE evm will have its own dtb. Therefore, add it to the list of dtbs
located in the appended U-boot dtb FIT image. Therefore, when swapping out
dtbs K2G ICE boards can grab the correct one.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add basic DT support for K2G ICE evm. Only minimal peripherals are
supported to allow console output and MMC boot.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Disable netcp by default like all other peripherals in the dtsi file.
Enable the peripheral explicitly in the board specific dts file.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Upstream Linux has the unit address being added to the various 66AK2Gx
boards dts. Therefore, update the dts to mimic this change.
Also remove memory node from the base K2G dtsi file.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Adding the unit address to the memory node was causing the below error:
Warning (reg_format): "reg" property in /memory has invalid length
(8 bytes) (#address-cells == 2, #size-cells == 2)
Further debugging showed that this was due to the memory node added by
default to skeleton.dtsi which was being included in keystone-k2g.dtsi.
Adding a missing node was all that was needed to remove this deprecated
dtsi file from the SoC dtsi. With skeleton.dtsi removed the dtc compiler
no longer complained about including the unit address for the memory node.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Enable CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG to allow "board_name" to
be set depending on the board it is being ran on.
Update findfdt to use this new dynamic board_name value to determine
which dtb should be used.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Certain peripherals used by K2G GP aren't used on K2G ICE evm. Or
configuration is slightly different. Therefore, use board detection to
deal with these variations.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Some code doesn't apply to K2G ICE evm. Therefore, use board detection to
wrap these calls.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add configuration settings used by the K2G ICE evm. Also use board
detection to determine which DDR3 configuration to use.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add basic pinmux data for new K2G ICE evm. Also add pinmuxing for a
generic K2G evm which includes I2C 0 and 1 used for board detection
purposes.
Since multiple K2G boards are supported that means initially generic
pinmuxing should be used when board detection hasn't ran. Once board
detection runs the proper pinmuxing can be reran to match the board
being ran on.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add a function that can be used to determine if the board being ran on is
a K2G Industrial Communication Engine EVM or K2G General Purpose EVM based
on values programmed on the EEPROM.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Different K2G evms may need to program the various
KS2_DDRPHY_DATX8_X_OFFSET registers in different ways. Therefore, use
the mask and val registers for each KS2_DDRPHY_DATAX_X_OFFSET to
properly program the register.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
K2G GP doesn't require the MR2 register to be programed since the
default is good enough. However, newer K2G boards do need to change
this register value. Therefore, instead of not writing this register if
ran on a K2G board just program the value to be written to match the
default/reset value.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Future boards will need to configure DDR3 registers in a slightly
different manner. Support this by defining additional variables and
defines that will be utilized later.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Enable various config options to allow U-boot at runtime to select the
proper dtb to use from the list of dtb's within the FIT image.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Some K2G evms have their EEPROM programming while most do not. Therefore,
add EEPROM board detection to be used as the default method and fall back
to the alternative board detection when needed.
Also reorder board configuration. Perform bare minimal configuration
initially since board detection hasn't ran. Finish board configuration
once the board has been identified.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now with support for U-boot runtime dtb selection each board needs to
define board_fit_config_name_match so U-boot can determine what the
correct dtb is within the FIT blob.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For K2G, runtime DTB selection utilizes the embedded_dtb_select function.
Therefore, define the function which will perform a EEPROM read and then
retries selecting the correct dtb now that it can detect which board its
on. For other Keystone devices use an empty function since they will still
use the embedded FIT functionality but their FIT will only contain a single
dtb.
Most production K2G boards do not have their EEPROM programmed. Therefore,
perform a test to verify a K2G GP is currently being used and if it is then
set the values normally set by a EEPROM read.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
u-boot.bin is a copy of:
u-boot-fit-dtb.bin if CONFIG_FIT_EMBED is enabled,
u-boot-dtb.bin if CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE is enabled,
u-boot-nodtb.bin if DT is not enabled.
So, use u-boot.bin to to generate keystone images instead of
u-boot-dtb.bin
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add additional make targets and options for building embedded FIT U-boot
images.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Runtime U-boot dtb selection is generally a two step process. First step
is to simply use an initial generic dtb. The second step is to select
the dtb and perhaps execute additional code ones U-boot knows what board
it is running on. Embedded_dtb_select handles the second step by allowing
board specific code to run and perform what ever necessary configuration
that is needed.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With U-boot runtime board detect for DTB selection a "default" dtb needs
to be created. This will be used temporarily until the "proper" dtb is
selected.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Introduce K2G evm specific dtsi file for U-boot specific configurations.
This will help seperate U-boot only configurations thus making it easier to
keep device tree files synced between U-boot and Linux.
For now only add nodes to allow i2c drivers to be probed early during
the boot process.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
OF_LIST will be useable by SPL and U-boot. Therefore, update its
dependency to allow it to be enable by either SPL or U-boot specific
config option.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Acked-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
When the EEPROM is first read its contents are stored in memory as a
cache to avoid further I2C operations. To determine if the EEPROM was
previously read the easiest way is to check the memory to see if the
EEPROM's magic header value is set. Create a new function that can
determine if the EEPROM was previously read or not without having to
perform a I2C transaction.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This patch gives U-boot the runtime support to have the board specific
code decide which FDT to use. This is especially useful for devices
that need this type of runtime determination and also doesn't use SPL.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Some platforms may append a FIT image to the U-boot image. This function
aids in parsing the FIT image and selecting the correct DTB at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Some of the functions within spl_fit will be used for non spl purposes.
Instead of duplicating functions simply break the functions to be reused
into its own file.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Only add the new define to image.h, otherwise we see breakage
due to massive include leakage into host tools in some cases]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In some situations the EEPROM used for board detection may not be
programmed or simply programmed incorrectly. Therefore, it may be
necessary to "simulate" reading the contents of the EEPROM to set
appropriate variables used in the board detection code.
This may also be helpful in certain boot modes where doing i2c reads
may be costly and the config supports running only a specific board.
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr. <fcooper@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With Davinci I2C switching to device model, K2E requires U-boot specific
device tree entries. This is only required for I2C 1 which is needed
extremely early during the boot process.
Fixes: 1743d040b1 ("ARM: keystone: Enable DM_I2C by default")
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
2017-07-10 13:45:34 -04:00
3422 changed files with 60153 additions and 32421 deletions
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
